Sun Microsystems 817 3630 11 User Manual

SunPCi III 3.2.1 User’s Guide  
Sun Microsystems, Inc.  
4150 Network Circle  
Santa Clara, CA 95054 U.S.A.  
650-960-1300  
Part No. 817-3630-11  
March 2004, Revision A  
Submit comments about this document at: http://www.sun.com/hwdocs/feedback  
Safety Agency Compliance  
Statements  
Standby – The On/ Standby switch is in the  
standby position.  
Read this section before beginning any procedure. The  
following text provides safety precautions to follow when  
installing a Sun Microsystems product.  
Modifications to Equipment  
Do not make mechanical or electrical modifications to the  
equipment. Sun Microsystems is not responsible for  
regulatory compliance of a modified Sun product.  
Safety Precautions  
For your protection, observe the following safety  
precautions when setting up your equipment:  
Placement of a Sun Product  
Follow all cautions and instructions marked on the  
equipment.  
Caution – Do not block or cover the openings  
of your Sun product. Never place a Sun  
product near a radiator or heat register.  
Failure to follow these guidelines can cause  
overheating and affect the reliability of your  
Sun product.  
Ensure that the voltage and frequency of your power  
source match the voltage and frequency inscribed on  
the equipments electrical rating label.  
Never push objects of any kind through openings in  
the equipment. Dangerous voltages may be present.  
Conductive foreign objects could produce a short  
circuit that could cause fire, electric shock, or damage  
to your equipment.  
Caution – The workplace-dependent noise  
level defined in DIN 45 635 Part 1000 must be  
70Db(A) or less.  
Symbols  
The following symbols may appear in this book:  
Caution – There is a risk of personal injury  
and equipment damage. Follow the  
instructions.  
SELV Compliance  
Safety status of I/ O connections comply to SELV  
requirements.  
Power Cord Connection  
Caution – Hot surface. Avoid contact.  
Surfaces are hot and may cause personal  
injury if touched.  
Caution – Sun products are designed to work  
with single-phase power systems having a  
grounded neutral conductor. To reduce the  
risk of electric shock, do not plug Sun  
products into any other type of power system.  
Contact your facilities manager or a qualified  
electrician if you are not sure what type of  
power is supplied to your building.  
Caution – Hazardous voltages are present. To  
reduce the risk of electric shock and danger to  
personal health, follow the instructions.  
On – Applies AC power to the system.  
Caution – Not all power cords have the same  
current ratings. Household extension cords do  
not have overload protection and are not  
Depending on the type of power switch your device has,  
one of the following symbols may be used:  
Off – Removes AC power from the system.  
iii  
 
meant for use with computer systems. Do not  
use household extension cords with your Sun  
product.  
outside the system. Do not dispose of the  
battery in fire. Dispose of the battery properly  
in accordance with local regulations.  
Caution – Your Sun product is shipped with a  
grounding type (three-wire) power cord. To  
reduce the risk of electric shock, always plug  
the cord into a grounded power outlet.  
System Unit Cover  
You must remove the cover of your Sun computer system  
unit to add cards, memory, or internal storage devices. Be  
sure to replace the top cover before powering on your  
computer system.  
The following caution applies only to devices with a  
Standby power switch:  
Caution – Do not operate Sun products  
without the top cover in place. Failure to take  
this precaution may result in personal injury  
and system damage.  
Caution – The power switch of this product  
functions as a standby type device only. The  
power cord serves as the primary disconnect  
device for the system. Be sure to plug the  
power cord into a grounded power outlet that  
is nearby the system and is readily accessible.  
Do not connect the power cord when the  
power supply has been removed from the  
system chassis.  
Laser Compliance Notice  
Sun products that use laser technology comply with Class 1  
laser requirements.  
Class 1 Laser Product  
Luokan 1 Laserlaite  
Klasse 1 Laser Apparat  
Laser Klasse 1  
Lithium Battery  
Caution – On Sun CPU boards, there is a  
lithium battery molded into the real-time  
clock, SGS No. MK48T59Y, MK48TXXB-XX,  
MK48T18-XXXPCZ, M48T59W-XXXPCZ, or  
MK48T08. Batteries are not customer  
replaceable parts. They may explode if  
mishandled. Do not dispose of the battery in  
fire. Do not disassemble it or attempt to  
recharge it.  
CD-ROM  
Caution – Use of controls, adjustments, or the  
performance of procedures other than those  
specified herein may result in hazardous  
radiation exposure.  
Battery Pack  
Caution – There is a sealed lead acid battery  
in SunPCi units. Portable Energy Products No.  
TLC02V50. There is danger of explosion if the  
battery pack is mishandled or incorrectly  
replaced. Replace only with the same type of  
Sun Microsystems battery pack. Do not  
disassemble it or attempt to recharge it  
GOST-R Certification Mark  
iv  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 User’s Guide • March 2004  
Conformité aux normes de sécurité  
ARRET – Met le système hors tension  
alternative.  
Lisez attentivement la section suivante avant de commencer  
la procédure. Le document ci-dessous présente les  
consignes de sécurité à respecter au cours de l'installation  
d'un produit Sun Microsystems.  
VEILLEUSE – L'interrupteur Marche/ Veille  
est sur la position de veille.  
Mesures de sécurité  
Pour votre protection, observez les mesures de sécurité  
suivantes lors de l'installation de l'équipement:  
Modifications de l'équipement  
Observez tous les avertissements et consignes  
indiqués sur l'équipement.  
N'apportez aucune modification mécanique ou électrique à  
l'équipement. Sun Microsystems décline toute  
responsabilité quant à la non-conformité éventuelle d'un  
produit Sun modifié.  
Assurez-vous que la tension et la fréquence de votre  
source d'alimentation électrique correspondent à la  
tension et à la fréquence indiquées sur l'étiquette de la  
tension électrique nominale du matériel.  
Positionnement dun produit Sun  
N'insérez en aucun cas un objet quelconque dans les  
orifices de l'équipement. Des tensions potentiellement  
dangereuses risquent d'être présentes dans  
l'équipement. Tout objet étranger conducteur risque  
de produire un court-circuit pouvant présenter un  
risque d'incendie ou de décharge électrique, ou  
susceptible d'endommager le matériel.  
Attention – N'obstruez ni ne recouvrez les  
orifices de votre produit Sun. N'installez  
jamais un produit Sun près d'un radiateur ou  
d'une source de chaleur. Si vous ne respectez  
pas ces consignes, votre produit Sun risque de  
surchauffer et son fonctionnement en sera  
altéré.  
Symboles  
Les symboles suivants peuvent figurer dans cet ouvrage:  
Attention – Le niveau de bruit inhérent à  
l'environnement de travail, tel qu'il est défini  
par la norme DIN 45 635 - section 1000, doit  
être inférieur ou égal à 70Db(A).  
Attention – Vous risquez d'endommager le  
matériel ou de vous blesser. Observez les  
consignes indiquées.  
Attention – Surface brûlante. Evitez tout  
contact. Ces surfaces sont brûlantes. Vous  
risquez de vous blesser si vous les touchez.  
Conformité aux normes SELV  
Le niveau de sécurité des connexions E/ S est conforme aux  
normes SELV.  
Attention – Tensions dangereuses. Pour  
réduire les risques de décharge électrique et  
de danger physique, observez les consignes  
indiquées.  
Raccordement à la source d'alimentation  
électrique  
Attention – Les produits Sun sont conçus  
pour fonctionner avec des systèmes  
d'alimentation électrique monophasés avec  
prise de terre. Pour réduire les risques de  
décharge électrique, ne branchez jamais les  
produits Sun sur une source d'alimentation  
d'un autre type. Contactez le gérant de votre  
MARCHE – Met le système sous tension  
alternative.  
Selon le type d'interrupteur marche/ arrêt dont votre  
appareil est équipé, l'un des symboles suivants sera utilisé:  
Safety Agency Compliance Statements  
v
bâtiment ou un électricien agréé si vous avez  
le moindre doute quant au type d'alimentation  
fourni dans votre bâtiment.  
mauvaise manipulation. Ne la jetez pas au feu.  
Ne la démontez pas et ne tentez pas de la  
recharger.  
Attention – Tous les cordons d'alimentation  
n'ont pas la même intensité nominale. Les  
cordons d'alimentation à usage domestique ne  
sont pas protégés contre les surtensions et ne  
sont pas conçus pour être utilisés avec des  
ordinateurs. N'utilisez jamais de cordon  
d'alimentation à usage domestique avec les  
produits Sun.  
Bloc-batterie  
Attention – Les unités SunPCi contiennent  
une batterie étanche au plomb. Produits  
énergétiques portatifs nº TLC02V50. Il existe  
un risque d'explosion si ce bloc batterie est  
manipulé ou installé de façon incorrecte. Ne le  
remplacez que par un bloc batterie Sun  
Microsystems du même type. Ne le démontez  
pas et n'essayez pas de le recharger hors du  
système. Ne le jetez pas au feu. Mettez-le au  
rebut conformément aux réglementations  
locales en vigueur.  
Attention – Votre produit Sun est livré avec  
un cordon d'alimentation avec raccord à la  
terre (triphasé). Pour réduire les risques de  
décharge électrique, branchez toujours ce  
cordon sur une source d'alimentation mise à la  
terre.  
Couvercle du système  
Pour ajouter des cartes, de la mémoire ou des unités de  
stockage internes, vous devez démonter le couvercle de  
votre système Sun. N'oubliez pas de le remettre en place  
avant de mettre le système sous tension.  
L'avertissement suivant s'applique uniquement aux  
systèmes équipés d'un interrupteur Veille :  
Attention – L'interrupteur d'alimentation de  
ce produit fonctionne uniquement comme un  
dispositif de mise en veille. Le cordon  
d'alimentation constitue le moyen principal de  
déconnexion de l'alimentation pour le  
système. Assurez-vous de le brancher dans  
une prise d'alimentation mise à la terre près  
du système et facile d'accès. Ne le branchez  
pas lorsque l'alimentation électrique ne se  
trouve pas dans le châssis du système.  
Attention – Ne travaillez jamais avec un  
produit Sun dont le couvercle n'est pas  
installé. Si vous ne respectez pas cette  
consigne, vous risquez de vous blesser ou  
d'endommager le système.  
Avis de conformité des appareils laser  
Les produits Sun faisant appel à la technologie laser sont  
conformes aux normes de sécurité des appareils laser de  
classe 1.  
Pile au lithium  
Attention – Sur les cartes UC Sun, une  
batterie au lithium a été moulée dans l'horloge  
temps réel, de type SGS nº MK48T59Y,  
MK48TXXB-XX, MK48T18-XXXPCZ,  
M48T59W-XXXPCZ ou MK48T08. Cette  
batterie ne doit pas être remplacée par le  
client. Elle risque d'exploser en cas de  
Class 1 Laser Product  
Luokan 1 Laserlaite  
Klasse 1 Laser Apparat  
Laser Klasse 1  
vi  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
CD-ROM  
Achtung – Es besteht die Gefahr der  
Verletzung und der Beschädigung des Geräts.  
Befolgen Sie die Anweisungen.  
Attention – L'utilisation de contrôles et de  
réglages ou l'application de procédures autres  
que ceux spécifiés dans le présent document  
peuvent entraîner une exposition à des  
radiations dangereuses.  
Achtung – Heiße Oberfläche. Vermeiden Sie  
jede Berührung. Diese Oberflächen sind sehr  
heiß und können Verbrennungen verursachen.  
Notice de qualité GOST-R  
Achtung – Elektrisches Spannungsfeld  
vorhanden. Befolgen Sie die Anweisungen,  
um elektrische Schläge und Verletzungen zu  
vermeiden.  
Ein – Das System wird mit Wechselstrom  
versorgt.  
Einhaltung sicherheitsbehördlicher  
Vorschriften  
Abhängig von der Art des Stromschalters Ihres Gerätes  
wird eventuell eines der folgenden Symbole verwendet:  
Lesen Sie diesen Abschnitt sorgfältig durch, bevor Sie mit  
dem Arbeitsablauf beginnen. Der folgende Text beschreibt  
Sicherheitsmaßnahmen, die bei der Installation von Sun-  
Produkten zu beachten sind.  
Aus– Das System wird nicht mehr mit  
Wechselstrom versorgt.  
Sicherheitsmaßnahmen  
Wartezustand – Der Ein-/ Standby-Schalter  
Zu Ihrem eigenen Schutz sollten Sie die folgenden  
Sicherheitsmaßnahmen bei der Installation befolgen :  
befindet sich in der Standby-Position.  
Befolgen Sie alle auf die Geräte aufgedruckten  
Anweisungen und Warnhinweise.  
Modifikationen des Geräts  
Beachten Sie die Geräteaufschrift, um sicherzustellen,  
daß Netzspannung und -frequenz mit der  
Gerätespannung und -frequenz übereinstimmen.  
Nehmen Sie keine elektrischen oder mechanischen  
Gerätemodifikationen vor. Sun Microsystems ist für die  
Einhaltung der Sicherheitsvorschriften von modifizierten  
Sun-Produkten nicht haftbar.  
Führen Sie niemals Gegenstände in die  
Geräteöffnungen ein. Es könnten elektrische  
Spannungsfelder vorhanden sein. Leitende  
Fremdkörper können Kurzschlüsse, Feuer und  
elektrische Schläge verursachen oder Ihr Gerät  
beschädigen.  
Aufstellung von Sun-Geräten  
Achtung – Geräteöffnungen Ihres Sun-  
Produkts dürfen nicht blockiert oder  
abgedeckt werden. Sun-Geräte sollten niemals  
in der Nähe von Heizkörpern oder  
Heißluftklappen aufgestellt werden.  
Nichtbeachtung dieser Richtlinien können  
Symbole  
Die folgenden Symbole werden in diesem Handbuch  
verwendet:  
Safety Agency Compliance Statements  
vii  
Überhitzung verursachen und die  
Zuverlässigkeit Ihres Sun-Geräts  
beeinträchtigen.  
Hauptabschaltgerät für das System. Stellen Sie  
sicher, daß Sie das Netzanschlußkabel in den  
geerdeten Stromausgang in der Nähe des  
Systems einstecken. Schließen Sie das  
Netzanschlußkabel nicht an, wenn die  
Stromzufuhr vom Systemgehäuse entfernt  
wurde.  
Achtung – Der Geräuschpegel, definiert nach  
DIN 45 635 Part 1000, darf am Arbeitsplatz  
70dB(A) nicht überschreiten.  
Lithium-Batterie  
SELV-Richtlinien  
Alle Ein-/ Ausgänge erfüllen die SELV-Anforderungen.  
Achtung – CPU-Karten von Sun verfügen  
über eine Echtzeituhr mit integrierter  
Lithiumbatterie, Teile-Nr. MK48T59Y,  
MK48TXXB-XX, MK48T18-XXXPCZ,  
M48T59W-XXXPCZ oder MK48T08.  
Batterien sollten nicht vom Kunden  
ausgetauscht werden. Sie können bei falscher  
Handhabung explodieren. Entsorgen Sie die  
Batterien nicht im Feuer. Entfernen Sie sie  
nicht und versuchen Sie auch nicht, sie  
wiederaufzuladen.  
Netzanschlußkabel  
Achtung – Sun-Geräte benötigen ein  
einphasiges Stromversorgungssystem mit  
eingebautem Erdleiter. Schließen Sie Sun-  
Geräte nie an ein anderes  
Stromversorgungsystem an, um elektrische  
Schläge zu vermeiden. Falls Sie die  
Spezifikationen der Gebäudestromversorgung  
nicht kennen, sollten Sie den  
Gebäudeverwalter oder einen qualifizierten  
Elektriker konsultieren.  
Batterien  
Achtung – Die Geräte SunPCi enthalten  
auslaufsichere Bleiakkumulatoren, Produkt-  
Nr. TLC02V50 für portable Stromversorgung.  
Wenn die Batterien nicht richtig gehandhabt  
oder ausgetauscht werden, besteht  
Explosionsgefahr. Tauschen Sie Batterien nur  
gegen Batterien gleichen Typs von Sun  
Microsystems aus. Versuchen Sie nicht, die  
Batterien zu entfernen oder außerhalb des  
Geräts wiederaufzuladen. Entsorgen Sie die  
Batterien nicht im Feuer. Entsorgen Sie die  
Batterien ordnungsgemäß entsprechend den  
vor Ort geltenden Vorschriften.  
Achtung – Nicht alle Netzanschlußkabel  
besitzen die gleiche Stromleitung. Normale  
Verlängerungskabel besitzen keinen  
Überspannungsschutz und sind nicht für den  
Gebrauch mit Computersystemen geeignet.  
Benutzen Sie keine  
Haushaltverlängerungskabel für Sun-Geräte.  
Achtung – Ihr Sun-Gerät wurde mit einem  
geerdeten (dreiadrigen) Netzanschlußkabel  
geliefert. Stecken Sie dieses Kabel immer nur  
in eine geerdete Netzsteckdose, um  
Kurzschlüsse zu vermeiden.  
Abdeckung des Systems  
Sie müssen die Abdeckung des Sun-Computersystems  
entfernen, um Karten, Speicher oder interne Speichergeräte  
hinzuzufügen. Stellen Sie sicher, daß Sie die Abdeckung  
wieder einsetzen, bevor Sie den Computer einschalten.  
Der folgende Hinweis bezieht sich nur auf Geräte mit  
Standby-Stromschalter:  
Achtung – Der Stromschalter dieses Produkts  
funktioniert nur als Standby-Gerät. Das  
Netzanschlußkabel dient als  
viii  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Medidas de seguridad  
Por su propia seguridad, tome las medidas de seguridad  
siguientes al instalar el equipo::  
Achtung – Sun-Geräte dürfen nicht ohne  
Abdeckung in Gebrauch genommen werden.  
Nichtbeachtung dieses Warnhinweises kann  
Verletzungen oder Systembeschädigungen zur  
Folge haben.  
Siga todas los avisos y las instrucciones que aparecen  
impresas en el equipo.  
Cerciórese de que el voltaje y la frecuencia de la  
fuente de alimentación coinciden con el voltaje y  
frecuencia indicados en la etiqueta de clasificación  
eléctrica del equipo.  
Laserrichtlinien  
Alle Sun-Produkte, die Lasertechnologie nutzen, erfüllen  
die Laserrichtlinien der Klasse 1.  
No introduzca objetos de ningún tipo a través de las  
aberturas del equipo. Dentro pueden darse voltajes  
peligrosos. Los objetos conductores extraños podrían  
producir un cortocircuito y, en consecuencia, fuego,  
descargas eléctricas o daños en el equipo.  
Class 1 Laser Product  
Luokan 1 Laserlaite  
Klasse 1 Laser Apparat  
Laser Klasse 1  
mbolos  
Los símbolos siguientes pueden aparecer en este manual:  
Precaución – Existe el riesgo de que se  
produzcan lesiones personales y daños en el  
equipo. Siga las instrucciones.  
CD-ROM  
Precaución – Superficie caliente. Evite todo  
contacto. Las superficies están calientes y  
pueden causar lesiones personales si se tocan.  
Achtung – Die Verwendung von anderen  
Steuerungen und Einstellungen oder die  
Durchführung von Arbeitsabläufen, die von  
den hier beschriebenen abweichen, können  
gefährliche Strahlungen zur Folge haben.  
Precaución – Riesgo de voltajes peligrosos.  
Para reducir el riesgo de descargas eléctricas y  
de daños en la salud de las personas, siga las  
instrucciones.  
Verbandsmarke GOST-R  
Encendido – Proporciona alimentación de CA  
al sistema.  
Según el tipo de interruptor de alimentación del que  
disponga el dispositivo, se utilizará uno de los símbolos  
siguientes:  
Normativas de seguridad  
Apagado – Corta la alimentación de CA del  
sistema.  
Lea esta sección antes de llevar a cabo cualquier  
procedimiento. El texto que aparece a continuación explica  
las medidas de seguridad que deben tomarse durante la  
instalación de un producto Sun Microsystems.  
Safety Agency Compliance Statements  
ix  
domésticos no ofrecen protección frente a  
sobrecargas y no están diseñados para ser  
utilizados con sistemas informáticos. No  
utilice cables de prolongación domésticos con  
el producto Sun.  
Espera – El interruptor de encendido/ espera  
está en la posición de espera.  
Modificaciones en el equipo  
No realice modificaciones mecánicas ni eléctricas en el  
equipo. Sun Microsystems no se hará responsable del  
cumplimiento de las normas en el caso de un producto Sun  
que ha sido modificado.  
Precaución – El producto Sun se suministra  
con un cable de alimentación (de tres hilos)  
con conexión a tierra. Para reducir el riesgo de  
descargas eléctricas, enchufe siempre el cable  
a una toma de corriente con conexión a tierra.  
Lugar y colocación de un producto Sun  
La precaución siguiente sólo se aplica a aquellos  
dispositivos que posean un interruptor de alimentación de  
espera:  
Precaución – No obstruya ni tape las rejillas  
del producto Sun. Nunca coloque un producto  
Sun cerca de radiadores o fuentes de calor. El  
incumplimiento de estas directrices puede  
causar un recalentamiento y repercutir en la  
fiabilidad del producto Sun.  
Precaución – El interruptor de alimentación  
del producto funciona como dispositivo de  
espera solamente. El cable de alimentación  
actúa como el dispositivo de desconexión  
primario del sistema. Cerciórese de enchufar  
el cable de alimentación a una toma de  
corriente con conexión a tierra situada cerca  
del sistema y a la que se pueda acceder con  
facilidad. No conecte el cable de alimentación  
cuando se haya quitado la fuente de  
Precaución – El nivel de ruido en el lugar de  
trabajo, definido en el apartado 1000 de DIN  
45 635, debe ser 70 Db (A) o inferior.  
alimentación del bastidor del sistema.  
Cumplimiento de la normativa SELV  
Las condiciones de seguridad de las conexiones de E/ S  
cumplen las normas SELV.  
Batería de litio  
Conexión del cable de alimentación  
Precaución – En la placa CPU de los  
productos Sun, hay una batería de litio  
incorporada en el reloj en tiempo real, SGS  
núm. MK48T59Y, MK48TXXB-XX, MK48T18-  
XXXPCZ, M48T59W-XXXPCZ o MK48T08. Los  
usuarios no deben cambiar las baterías.  
Podrían estallar si no se utilizan  
Precaución – Los productos Sun han sido  
diseñados para funcionar con sistemas de  
alimentación monofásicos que tengan un  
conductor neutral a tierra. Para reducir el  
riesgo de descargas eléctricas, no enchufe  
ningún producto Sun a otro tipo de sistema de  
alimentación. Si no está seguro del tipo de  
alimentación del que se dispone en el edificio,  
póngase en contacto con el encargado de las  
instalaciones o con un electricista cualificado.  
adecuadamente. No arroje la batería al fuego.  
No la desmonte ni intente recargarla.  
Paquete de baterías  
Precaución – Las unidades SunPCi contienen  
una batería de plomo sellada, Productos  
eléctricos portátiles núm. TLC02V50. Existe el  
Precaución – No todos los cables de  
alimentación tienen la misma clasificación de  
corriente. Los cables de prolongación  
x
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
riesgo de explosión si el paquete de baterías  
no se utiliza correctamente o se sustituye de  
forma incorrecta. Sustitúyalo sólo por el  
mismo tipo de paquete de baterías de Sun  
Microsystems. No lo desmote o intente  
recargarlo fuera del sistema. No arroje la  
batería al fuego. Deshágase de las baterías  
correctamente siguiendo las normas locales  
vigentes.  
GOST-R Certification Mark  
Nordic Lithium Battery Cautions  
Cubierta de la unidad del sistema  
Debe retirar la cubierta de la unidad del sistema informático  
Sun para añadir tarjetas, memoria o dispositivos de  
almacenamiento internos. Asegúrese de volver a colocar la  
cubierta superior antes de encender el equipo.  
Norge  
ADVARSEL – Litiumbatteri —  
Eksplosjonsfare.Ved utskifting benyttes kun  
batteri som anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten.  
Brukt batteri returneres apparatleverandøren.  
Precaución – No ponga en funcionamiento  
los productos Sun sin que la cubierta superior  
se encuentre instalada. De lo contrario,  
podrían producirse lesiones personales o  
daños en el sistema.  
Sverige  
VARNING – Explosionsfara vid felaktigt  
batteribyte. Använd samma batterityp eller en  
ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av  
apparattillverkaren. Kassera använt batteri  
enligt fabrikantens instruktion.  
Aviso de cumplimiento de las normas para  
láser  
Los productos Sun que utilizan tecnología láser cumplen los  
requisitos para láser de Clase 1.  
Danmark  
Class 1 Laser Product  
Luokan 1 Laserlaite  
Klasse 1 Laser Apparat  
Laser Klasse 1  
ADVARSEL! – Litiumbatteri —  
Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.  
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme  
fabrikat og type. Levér det brugte batteri  
tilbage til leverandøren.  
CD-ROM  
Suomi  
Precaución – La utilización de controles,  
ajustes o la realización de los procedimientos  
distintos a los especificados en el presente  
documento podrían provocar la exposición a  
radiaciones peligrosas.  
VAROITUS – Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on  
virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo  
ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan  
tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan  
ohjeiden mukaisesti.  
Safety Agency Compliance Statements  
xi  
xii  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Regulatory Compliance Statements  
Your Sun product is marked to indicate its compliance class:  
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) — USA  
Industry Canada Equipment Standard for Digital Equipment (ICES-003) — Canada  
Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI) — Japan  
Bureau of Standards Metrology and Inspection (BSMI) — Taiwan  
Please read the appropriate section that corresponds to the marking on your Sun product before attempting to install the  
product.  
FCC Class A Notice  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:  
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.  
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.  
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of  
the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment  
is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if it is  
not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, it may cause harmful interference to radio communications.  
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be required  
to correct the interference at his own expense.  
Shielded Cables: Connections between the workstation and peripherals must be made using shielded cables to comply with  
FCC radio frequency emission limits. Networking connections can be made using unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cables.  
Modifications: Any modifications made to this device that are not approved by Sun Microsystems, Inc. may void the authority  
granted to the user by the FCC to operate this equipment.  
FCC Class B Notice  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:  
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.  
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.  
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of  
the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential  
installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in  
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee  
that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or  
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the  
interference by one or more of the following measures:  
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.  
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/ television technician for help.  
Shielded Cables: Connections between the workstation and peripherals must be made using shielded cables in order to  
maintain compliance with FCC radio frequency emission limits. Networking connections can be made using unshielded  
twisted pair (UTP) cables.  
Modifications: Any modifications made to this device that are not approved by Sun Microsystems, Inc. may void the authority  
granted to the user by the FCC to operate this equipment.  
xiii  
 
ICES-003 Class A Notice - Avis NMB-003, Classe A  
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.  
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.  
ICES-003 Class B Notice - Avis NMB-003, Classe B  
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.  
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.  
BSMI Class A Notice  
The following statement is applicable to products shipped to Taiwan and marked as Class A on the product compliance  
label.  
xiv  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Regulatory Compliance Statements  
xv  
xvi  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Declaration of Conformity  
Compliance Model Number:  
BLPN  
Product Name:  
SunPCi III (2134A, X2134A)  
EMC  
USA—FCC Class B  
This equipment complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:  
1. This equipment may not cause harmful interference.  
2. This equipment must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation.  
European Union  
This equipment complies with the following requirements of the EMC Directive 89/ 336/ EEC:  
As Telecommunication Network Equipment (TNE) in both Telecom Centers and Other Than Telecom Centers per  
(as applicable):  
EN300-386 V.1.3.1 (09-2001)  
EN55022/ CISPR22  
Required Limits:  
Class B  
EN61000-3-2  
EN61000-3-3  
EN61000-4-2  
EN61000-4-3  
Pass  
Pass  
6 kV (Direct), 8 kV (Air)  
3 V/ m 80-1000 MHz, 10 V/ m 800-960 MHz and 1400-2000  
MHz  
EN61000-4-4  
EN61000-4-5  
1 kV AC and DC Power Lines, 0.5 kV Signal Lines,  
2 kV AC Line-Gnd, 1 kV AC Line-Line and Outdoor Signal  
Lines, 0.5 kV Indoor Signal Lines > 10m.  
EN61000-4-6  
EN61000-4-11  
3 V  
Pass  
As Information Technology Equipment (ITE) Class B per (as applicable):  
EN55022:1998/ CISPR22:1997  
EN55024:1998 Required Limits:  
Class B  
EN61000-4-2  
4 kV (Direct), 8 kV (Air)  
EN61000-4-3  
EN61000-4-4  
EN61000-4-5  
3 V/ m  
1 kV AC Power Lines, 0.5 kV Signal and DC Power Lines  
1 kV AC Line-Line and Outdoor Signal Lines, 2 kV AC Line-  
Gnd, 0.5 kV DC Power Lines  
EN61000-4-6  
EN61000-4-8  
EN61000-4-11  
A1, A2, A14  
3 V  
1 A/ m  
Pass  
Pass  
Pass  
EN61000-3-2:1995 +  
EN61000-3-3:1995  
xvii  
 
Safety  
This equipment complies with the following requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC:  
EC Type Examination Certificates:  
EN60950, 2nd Edition, +A1 +A2 +A3 +A4 +A11:1998  
EN60950:2000, 3rd Edition,  
TÜV Rheinland Certificate No.  
CB Scheme Certificate No  
Evaluated to all CB Countries  
UL 60950 3rd Edition: 2000, CSA C22.2 No 60950-00  
File: ________Vol. ________ Sec. ________  
Supplementary Information: This product was tested and complies with all the requirements for the CE Mark.  
/ S/ / S/  
Dennis P. Symanski  
Manager, Compliance Engineering  
Sun Microsystems, Inc.  
4150 Network Circle, MPK15-102  
Santa Clara, CA 95054 USA  
Tel: 650-786-3255  
DATE  
Pamela J. Dullaghan  
Quality Program Manager  
Sun Microsystems Scotland, Limited  
Springfield, Linlithgow  
West Lothian, EH49 7LR  
Scotland, United Kingdom  
Tel: +44 1 506 672 395  
DATE  
Fax: 650-786-3723  
Fax: +44 1 506 670 011  
xviii SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Preface xxxv  
1. Introducing SunPCi III 3.2.1 Hardware and Software  
1
Supported Microsoft Windows and Linux Operating Systems  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Features  
From a PC Users Perspective  
1
2
3
From a Solaris Users Perspective  
Supported Citrix MetaFrame Software  
Getting Help for SunPCi III Software  
4
4
5
How to View Solaris Manual Pages  
5
6
6
2. Getting Started  
System Requirements 10  
Starting and Stopping the SunPCi III Software 11  
9
How to Start the SunPCi III Software 11  
How to Exit the SunPCi III Software 11  
Shutting Down SunPCi III Software 12  
Contents  
xix  
Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software 12  
Creating an Emulated Drive 13  
How to Create a New Emulated Drive 14  
Attaching Emulated Drives 17  
How to Attach an Existing Emulated Drive as a C: or D: Drive 17  
Growing an Existing Emulated Drive 18  
3. Using Multiple SunPCi III Cards 21  
Multiple Cards Configuration Process 22  
Advanced Server Support for Configuration Options 22  
Configuring Multiple Cards With SunPCi III Software 23  
Default .iniConfiguration File 23  
Naming .iniFiles When Using Multiple Cards 23  
How to Create an .iniFile Using the -nOption 24  
Using Cards and Emulated Drives 25  
How to Identify Card Names 25  
How to Start a Specific .iniFile 26  
How to Start a Specific Card 26  
Starting Specific Disk Image Files 27  
How to Start a Specific Image and a Specific Card 27  
Updating the SunPCi III Card Configuration 28  
Rebinding Images and Cards 28  
Multiple Card Behavior 29  
Networking With Multiple Cards 29  
Using the Diskette Drive With Multiple Cards 29  
Using the CD-ROM Drive With Multiple Cards 29  
xx  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
4. Networking With SunPCi III Hardware and Software 31  
Networking With SunPCi III 31  
Setting Up Networking With SunPCi III Hardware and Software 33  
How to Set TCP/ IP Properties 33  
How to Use Power Management With Physical Networking 35  
5. Using Windows XP Professional 37  
Professional 40  
Upgrade Notes 40  
Upgrading Windows NT4 WS to Windows XP Professional 41  
Professional 43  
Installing Japanese Windows XP Professional 44  
How to Perform an Automatic Installation 44  
How to Perform a Manual Installation 45  
Configuring Virtual Ethernet Networking for Windows XP Professional 46  
How to Add a Virtual Network Adapter 47  
How to Configure the Network for Windows XP Professional 49  
How to Reconfigure the Network Adapter for Physical Ethernet 50  
How to Prepare Windows XP Professional to Display External Video 51  
How to Configure Windows XP Professional for External Video Use 52  
Contents  
xxi  
How to Switch External Video Back to the System Monitor 53  
6. Using Windows 2000 Professional or Windows 2000 Server 55  
Installing Windows 2000 56  
Installation Notes 56  
How to Perform a Custom Installation 56  
Upgrading Windows NT to Windows 2000 58  
Upgrade Notes 58  
Upgrading Windows NT4 WS to Windows 2000 Professional 59  
Upgrading Windows NT4 Server or Windows NT4 TS to Windows 2000  
2000 Server 61  
Configuring Virtual Ethernet Networking for Windows 2000 62  
How to Add a Virtual Network Adapter 63  
How to Configure the Network for Windows 2000 65  
How to Reconfigure the Network Adapter for Physical Ethernet 66  
How to Prepare Windows 2000 to Display External Video 67  
7. Using Windows Server 2003 71  
Installing Windows Server 2003 72  
Installation Notes 72  
How to Perform a Custom Installation 72  
Upgrading Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT to Windows Server 2003 74  
xxii SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Upgrade Notes 74  
Upgrading Windows 2000 Server to Windows Server 2003 75  
Upgrading Windows NT4 Server or Windows NT4 TS to Windows Server  
Server 2003 77  
Configuring Virtual Ethernet Networking for Windows Server 2003 78  
How to Add a Virtual Network Adapter 79  
How to Configure the Network for Windows Server 2003 81  
How to Reconfigure the Network Adapter for Physical Ethernet 82  
How to Switch External Video Back to the System Monitor 84  
8. Using Red Hat Linux 87  
Installing Red Hat Linux 88  
Installation Notes 88  
How to Install Red Hat Linux 88  
How to Configure Networking for Linux 90  
How to Reconfigure Networking For Linux 91  
9. Installing and Configuring Server Software 95  
Using SunFSD for Mapping Between Solaris and Microsoft Windows 96  
How to Enable SunFSD Mapping 96  
Contents xxiii  
10. Using Drives and Configuring Peripheral Devices 99  
Using a Diskette Drive With SunPCi III Software 100  
Using a CD/ DVD Drive With SunPCi III Software 100  
How to Mount a CD-ROM Drive 101  
How to Set Up a CD-ROM Drive 102  
How to Eject a CD From a CD-ROM Drive 103  
Connecting Peripheral Devices 103  
Using the LED Indicator 103  
Connecting Audio Devices 104  
Connecting the USB Device 104  
Connecting the Ethernet Device 104  
Connecting the External Video 104  
Connecting Additional USB and 1394 Firewire Devices 105  
Connecting the Firewire Device 106  
Connecting Serial and Parallel Port Devices 107  
11. Using SunPCi III Software 109  
The sunpciCommand and Its Options 110  
SunPCi III Menus 113  
File Menu 113  
Options Menu 114  
Updating Intel and Linux Drivers 115  
How to Automatically Update Intel Drivers 115  
How to Manually Update Intel Drivers 116  
xxiv  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
How to Automatically Update Linux Drivers 117  
How to Manually Update Linux Drivers 117  
Boot@Boot Support 118  
SunPCi Daemon 118  
Virtual Network Computing (VNC) 119  
Configuring and Using Boot@Boot Support 120  
Configuring Boot@Boot Support for VNC 120  
Preparing SunPCi III Cards for Boot@Boot Support 123  
Configuring SunPCi III Cards for Boot@Boot Support 123  
Listing Boot@Boot Sessions 125  
Disabling Boot@Boot Support for VNC or for SunPCi III Cards 125  
Shutting Down a VNC or SunPCi III Session 125  
Shutting Down the SunPCi Daemon Process 126  
Making Manual Changes to the Boot@Boot Configuration 127  
Using an X Server Other Than Xvnc 127  
How to Interact With VNC From a Remote Client 128  
Extended Drives and SunPCi III Software 128  
File System Drives 129  
How to Configure Japanese Copy and Paste Between Microsoft Windows  
and Solaris 131  
How to Set Up a Solaris Printer From Microsoft Windows 132  
Avoid Using Screen Savers 133  
A. Troubleshooting 135  
Support for Issues 135  
Contents  
xxv  
SunPCi III Hardware Issues 136  
Hardware Error Messages 137  
Mouse Issues 138  
Diskette Drive Issue 138  
CD-ROM Drive Issues 139  
Video Display Issues 139  
24-Bit Display on Sun Blade Workstations 139  
External Video Resolutions 140  
Power Management Error Message 141  
USB and Firewire Connection Issues 141  
SunPCi III Software and Solaris Issues 142  
Installation Error Message 142  
Startup Error Messages 143  
Emulated Hard Drive Issues 144  
Using Multiple Operating Systems 145  
Creating Bootable Partitions 145  
Solaris Stale Links Issue 145  
Missing Master.ini File After Factory Installation 146  
Sun Blade Workstation and Sun Enterprise Server Software Issue 146  
Multiple Cards and Microsoft Windows Issue 147  
Configuring Virtual Networking Using SunPCi III Software 147  
Xinerama Display Issues 148  
System Clock and Daylight Savings Time Issue 148  
Unexpected Power Failure Issue 149  
Colormap Flashing With IDEAS Software 149  
Issues With Mixing Existing SunPCi Emulated Drives and New Cards 149  
Backing Up an Emulated C: Drive 150  
SunPCi III Software and Microsoft Windows Issues 150  
xxvi  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
FAT16 File System Limitation Issue 151  
Application Installation to Solaris File System Issues 151  
Switching to External Video Monitor After Entering Stand By Mode Displays  
as a Blank Window 153  
SunPCi III Card Stuck in Stand By Mode in Multi-Card Environment 153  
Keyboard Sometimes Disappears When Leaving Stand By Mode 154  
Red Hat Linux Issues 154  
Use NFS to Access Solaris Files 155  
Physical Networking is Only Supported Network Option 155  
Cannot Copy Graphics Between Solaris and Linux 155  
Disk Device Naming Inconsistent During Installation 156  
Disk Image Installation Must Complete 156  
Firewall Prevents NIS From Working 156  
Specify the X Input Method for Num Lock and Caps Lock to Work Properly in  
Audio Might Not Work 159  
Installing Linux in Multi-Card Environment Requires Closing Microsoft  
Windows Server 2003 159  
Fully Functional and Configured Network Required for Linux Graphical User  
Interface to Work on System Monitor 159  
Contents  
xxvii  
Must Install Networking During Linux Installation to Use Graphical User  
Only 161  
Using VNC With Linux Might Not Work 161  
Solaris and Linux GNOME Desktop Incompatibility 162  
Windows XP Professional, Windows 2000, and Windows Server 2003 Issues 162  
Custom Display Mode Issue 163  
Troubleshooting Windows XP Professional, Windows 2000, and Windows  
Server 2003 Issues 167  
No Mouse Input After Booting Into Safe Mode 168  
Incorrect Path Name After Adding D: Drive 168  
CD-ROM Drive Issues 168  
in Windows 2000 and Windows XP Professional 171  
Windows Networking and SunFSD Issues 172  
Installing Applications on SunFSD 172  
Extended Drive (SunFSD) Issues 172  
FSD Mapping Is Now Case Sensitive 173  
xxviii  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Network Startup Is Slow After Configuration 173  
Cannot Connect to Other Systems 173  
Installing Applications From a SunFSD Source Directory 174  
Installing Applications Into a SunFSD Target Directory 175  
Missing Network Icon on Windows Desktop Issue 175  
Software Appears to Hang When Browsing Network Drives 176  
Unable to Mount Network Drive With Windows Explorer Issue 177  
Unable to Mount Certain NFS Mount Points as a Network Drive 177  
Microsoft Windows Application Issues 178  
Troubleshooting Microsoft Windows Applications 179  
Installation and SunFSD on Windows XP Professional 181  
Upgrading to Microsoft FrontPage 2002 Fails if FrontPage 2000 Installed  
Retrospect Software and SunFSD 183  
Norton Antivirus Software Scanning and SunFSD on Windows 2000 and  
Windows XP Professional 183  
Adobe Photoshop Installation and SunFSD on Windows XP  
B. SunPCi III International Support 185  
International Support 185  
Using the Keyboard Environment Variables 186  
KBTYPEEnvironment Variable Values 186  
KBCPEnvironment Variable Values 187  
How to Set an Environment Variable 188  
Contents xxix  
How to Turn Off an Environment Variable 188  
How to Configure the Keyboard for Microsoft Windows 188  
Using an International Keyboard Under DOS 189  
International Keyboard 189  
DOS Character Set 190  
Using Code Pages and SunPCi III Software 190  
D. SunPCi III Performance Tips 197  
Fine-Tuning the SunPCi III Configuration 197  
Increasing System Memory 197  
Specifying Emulated Drives 198  
Improving Video Performance 198  
Running Game Software on the SunPCi III Platform 199  
How to Increase Video Memory 199  
Video Display Routing 200  
Using a Palm Pilot With SunPCi III Software 200  
Glossary 201  
Index 207  
xxx SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Figures  
FIGURE 2-3  
Create a New Emulated Drive Dialog Box 15  
Attach an Existing Emulated Drive Dialog Box 17  
Grow an Existing Emulated Drive Dialog Box 19  
FIGURE 10-1 SunPCi III Main Card Backplate 105  
FIGURE 10-2 SunPCi III USB/Firewire Backplate 106  
FIGURE 10-3 SunPCi III Serial/Parallel Port Backplate 107  
xxxi  
xxxii SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Tables  
TABLE A-4  
TABLE A-5  
TABLE A-6  
TABLE A-7  
Microsoft Service Packs Required by SunPCi III 3.2.1 Software 20  
Sample File Names in a Multiple Card Configuration 24  
LED Colors and Status 103  
SunPCi III Command-Line Options 111  
File Menu Commands 113  
Options Menu Commands 114  
SunPCi III Hardware Error Messages and Solutions 137  
Mouse Issues and Solutions 138  
CD-ROM Drive Issues and Solutions 139  
External Video Resolutions (VIA S3 Graphics ProSavage DDR) 141  
Startup Error Messages and Solutions 143  
Emulated Hard Drive Issues and Solutions 144  
Windows XP Professional, Windows 2000, and Windows Server 2003 Issues and  
Solutions 167  
TABLE B-2  
TABLE B-3  
TABLE B-4  
TABLE D-1  
Troubleshooting Microsoft Windows Applications 179  
KBTYPEValues 186  
KBCPValues 187  
National Language Support 191  
$LANGVariable Settings 193  
Video Display Routing Options 200  
xxxiii  
xxxiv  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Preface  
The SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide provides setup and operation instructions for the  
SunPCi™ III software. Use this guide after you have installed your SunPCi III cards  
and the SunPCi III 3.2.1 software into your Sun system.  
In addition, this guide explains how to install the following Microsoft Windows and  
Linux operating systems for your SunPCi III cards:  
Microsoft Windows XP Professional  
Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional  
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Edition  
Microsoft Windows Server 2003  
Red Hat Linux  
Refer to the SunPCi III Quick Start Installation Guide for more information about  
installing cards and the SunPCi III 3.2.1 software.  
Who Should Read This Book  
This guide is intended for all users of the SunPCi III product. This guide provides  
the information you need to use the SunPCi III software with Microsoft Windows  
and Linux operating systems.  
The topics in this guide are explained with the non-technical user in mind. However,  
you do need to understand the basics of working with the Solaris™ operating  
environment, the DOS operating system, and the desired version of Microsoft  
Windows or Linux software.  
xxxv  
 
Note – Installation of Microsoft Windows and Linux on your Sun system with the  
card differs from installation of Microsoft Windows and Linux on a PC. Even though  
you may understand Microsoft Windows and Linux installation instructions, it is  
critical that you follow the instructions in this guide.  
How This Book Is Organized  
This guide is organized as follows:  
Chapter 1 describes the SunPCi III product and introduces its features.  
Chapter 2 lists the contents of the SunPCi III package and explains the requirements  
your system must meet to successfully install and run SunPCi III software.  
Chapter 3 explains how to configure and use multiple SunPCi III cards installed in  
your system.  
Chapter 4 explains how to configure and use networking with the SunPCi III  
product.  
Chapter 5 describes how to configure and use Windows XP Professional software.  
Chapter 6 explains how to configure and use Windows 2000 Professional and  
Windows 2000 Server software.  
Chapter 7 describes how to configure and use Windows Server 2003.  
Chapter 8 describes how to configure and use Linux, specifically Red Hat Linux 9  
and Red Hat Linux Enterprise 3.  
Chapter 9 discusses installing and configuring server products and SunFSD issues.  
Chapter 10 describes how to connect peripheral devices (such as printers, serial  
devices, and audio devices) to the SunPCi III card.  
Chapter 11 outlines how to use aspects of SunPCi III software, including the sunpci  
command and VNC.  
Appendix A provides explanations of known problems and troubleshooting  
solutions.  
Appendix B describes how to configure SunPCi III to work with international  
equipment.  
Appendix C describes how to access and use online SunPCi Web sites and resources.  
xxxvi SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Appendix D includes suggestions and tips to improve SunPCi III performance.  
The glossary includes definitions of terms used with SunPCi.  
Using UNIX Commands  
®
This guide does not contain information about basic UNIX commands and  
procedures such as shutting down the system, booting the system, and configuring  
devices. See one or more of the following for this information:  
Software documentation that you received with your system  
Solaris operating environment documentation, which is located at:  
http://docs.sun.com  
Document Conventions  
This guide uses certain document conventions. The following sections explain the  
conventions and how to interpret them.  
Solaris Command Windows  
In this guide, you are often instructed to open a command window when  
performing various tasks. In the Solaris Common Desktop Environment (CDE),  
these command windows are called Console or Terminal windows. In  
OpenWindows™ environments, you can use either a Solaris Command Tool window  
or Shell Tool window. Command windows are a standard part of the Solaris  
operating environment where you enter UNIX commands.  
Preface  
xxxvii  
 
Typographic Conventions  
Typeface  
Meaning  
Examples  
AaBbCc123  
The names of commands, files, and  
directories; on-screen computer  
output  
Edit your.loginfile.  
Use ls-ato list all files.  
% You have mail.  
AaBbCc123  
What you type, when contrasted  
with on-screen computer output  
% su  
Password:  
AaBbCc123  
Book titles, new words or terms,  
words to be emphasized  
Read Chapter 6 in the Users Guide.  
These are called class options.  
You must be superuser to do this.  
Command-line variable; replace  
with a real name or value  
To delete a file, type rmfilename.  
Shell Prompts  
Shell  
Prompt  
C shell  
machine_name%  
C shell superuser  
machine_name#  
Bourne shell and Korn shell  
Bourne shell and Korn shell superuser  
$
#
SunPCi III Keyboard Shortcuts  
The SunPCi III software provides keyboard shortcuts for the options on the SunPCi  
III menus. To see these shortcuts, click the left mouse button on the SunPCi III menu  
until the drop-down menu appears to view the keyboard shortcut.  
xxxviii SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
In CDE and OpenWindows environments, keyboard shortcuts use the Meta key  
(FIGURE P-1) in combination with another key. The Meta key is located on either side  
of the spacebar on your keyboard. To use a shortcut, hold down the Meta key and  
press the second key. For example, the Meta+E key combination means “press both  
the Meta key and the E key at the same time.”  
FIGURE P-1 Sun Keyboard Meta Key  
Note – The discussion in this section applies only to the keyboard shortcuts in the  
SunPCi III software. Keyboard shortcuts for each version of Microsoft Windows and  
Linux are described in each operating systems documentation.  
When running SunPCi III software and Microsoft Windows, to allow Copy and Paste  
operations, the Find, Undo, Copy, Paste, and Cut keys on your Sun system keyboard  
are mapped to the appropriate actions in Microsoft Windows.  
Note – Not all Linux applications support the Cut, Copy, and Paste keyboard  
commands. If this issue happens, use the drop-down menus of Cut, Copy, and Paste  
instead in Linux applications.  
Contacting Sun Technical Support  
If you have technical questions about this product that are not answered in this  
document, go to:  
http://www.sun.com/service/contacting  
Related Documentation  
For information and help about the version of Microsoft Windows or Linux you are  
using, consult the operating system documentation or your service provider.  
Preface  
xxxix  
   
The following table describes the related Sun documentation for the SunPCi III  
product.  
Application  
Title  
Part Number  
Installation of the SunPCi III  
hardware and software  
SunPCi III Quick Start Installation Guide 817-4343-11  
Important last-minute information SunPCi III 3.2.1 Product Notes  
817-3631-11  
and notes about the SunPCi III  
product  
Information about installing  
additional memory  
SunPCi III SODIMM Installation Guide  
Sun Blade 2000 and SunPCi III Cards:  
817-0888-10  
817-3695-10  
Information about installing the  
required card guide in the SunPCi Installing the Required Card Guide  
III card in a Sun Blade 2000  
Information about installing  
SunPCi III is preinstalled  
Installing Optional Hardware for the  
Preinstalled SunPCi III Product  
The following table is an index of the directories containing the translated  
documentation in the Docsdirectory, which was available with the SunPCi III 3.0.1  
release. For information about how to view the documentation, see “Viewing the  
Documentation PDF Files” on page 6.  
Directory Name  
Language  
English  
German  
Spanish  
French  
Directory Name  
Language  
C
ja  
Japanese  
de  
es  
fr  
it  
ko  
Korean  
sv  
Swedish  
zh  
Simplified Chinese  
Traditional Chinese  
Italian  
zh_TW_Big5  
Note – The SunPCi documentation was not localized for the 3.2.1 release. The most  
recent localized documents for SunPCi III were prepared with the SunPCi III 3.0.1  
release. These localized documents are included on the SunPCi III 3.2.1 CD.  
xl SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
 
Accessing Sun Documentation Online  
You can view, print, or purchase a broad selection of Sun documentation, including  
localized versions, at the following Web site:  
http://www.sun.com/documentation  
You can access a variety of online resources and documentation for SunPCi III  
products. Refer to Appendix C for a listing of SunPCi III online resources.  
Sun Welcomes Your Comments  
Sun is interested in improving its documentation and welcomes your comments and  
suggestions. You can submit your comments by going to:  
http://www.sun.com/hwdocs/feedback  
Please include the title and part number of your document with your feedback:  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide, part number 817-3630-11  
Preface  
xli  
xlii SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
CHAPTER  
1
Introducing SunPCi III 3.2.1  
Hardware and Software  
The SunPCi III 3.2.1 hardware and software create a personal computer (PC) that is  
integrated into your PCI Sun system, which is running a supported Solaris operating  
(CDE) or GNOME on the Solaris desktop or from a separate monitor connected to  
“SunPCi III 3.2.1 Features” on page 2  
“Supported Citrix MetaFrame Software” on page 4  
“Getting Help for Microsoft Windows and Linux Software” on page 6  
Viewing the Documentation PDF Files” on page 6  
“Removing Microsoft Windows Software” on page 7  
This chapter includes instructions for completing the following tasks:  
“How to View Solaris Manual Pages” on page 5  
Supported Microsoft Windows and  
Linux Operating Systems  
The SunPCi III 3.2.1 product supports the following Microsoft Windows and Linux  
operating systems and Service Packs:  
Microsoft Windows XP Professional (Windows XP Professional) Service Pack 1a  
Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional (Windows 2000 Professional) Service Pack 4  
1
     
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Edition (Windows 2000 Server) Service Pack 4  
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 (Windows Server 2003) No Service Pack Required  
Red Hat Linux 9, Personal and Professional Edition (Kernel 2.4.20-6)  
Red Hat Linux 9, download Edition (Kernel 2.4.20-8)  
Red Hat Linux Enterprise 3 (Kernel 2.4.21-4EL)  
Red Hat Linux Enterprise 3 WS (Kernel 2.4.21-4EL)  
Note – SunPCi III 3.2.1 does not support Microsoft Windows 95, Microsoft Windows  
98, Microsoft Windows ME, or Microsoft Windows NT. However, SunPCi III 3.2.1  
does support the upgrade of Microsoft Windows NT to a supported operating  
system.  
Note – Only the supported Linux versions work with SunPCi III 3.2.1.  
SunPCi III 3.2.1Features  
The SunPCi III 3.2.1 product brings the following features to your Solaris desktop.  
PCs on your Solaris desktop – For each SunPCi III card installed in your system,  
you can use its PC applications in a window on your Solaris desktop.  
Auto-install of operating systems – The Create a New Emulated Drive dialog  
box enables you to select and install operating system software more easily.  
Growing an emulated hard disk – The Grow an Existing Emulated Drive dialog  
box enables you to grow and increase your hard disk size.  
Automatic update of Intel drivers – The Intel drivers used with SunPCi software  
prompts you to automatically update drivers after a new version of SunPCi and  
Solaris drivers are installed.  
High-resolution VGA display for your Microsoft Windows applications –  
SunPCi III software includes two Microsoft Windows super-VGA display drivers.  
One displays the Microsoft Windows desktop in an X Window on your screen.  
The other drives the display on an external VGA monitor. You can choose to  
install either option.  
Familiar PC peripherals – The SunPCi III product provides mouse and IBM PC  
keyboard emulation, plus access to external peripherals such as printers and  
modems. The SunPCi III main card, the optional Serial/ Parallel Port Backplate  
(included) and the optional USB/ Firewire Card and Backplate (included), contain  
the physical connectors for PC peripheral devices, including additional USB  
connections and a 1394a Firewire connection.  
2
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
LED light – The main backplate now contains an LED indicator, which indicates  
the status of the system.  
Access to network services, files, and printers – The SunPCi III product enables  
you to connect to your Ethernet network. It also enables you to access Solaris files  
and printers on the network through the physical or virtual network connections.  
Multiple SunPCi III card support – With multiple cards installed, you can  
simultaneously access workstation or server PC applications from your Sun  
system.  
Large disk support – SunPCi III 3.2.1 supports emulated disk drives up to 40  
Gbytes in size.  
Boot@Boot support – Boot@Boot is feature that you can configure to  
automatically start the SunPCi III 3.2.1 software on one or more SunPCi cards  
when the Solaris server in which the cards are installed boots.  
Caldera OpenDOS 7.01 – The SunPCi III software package includes the Caldera  
OpenDOS 7.01 operating system.  
Power Management - SunPCi III 3.2.1 allows you to use the Suspend option to let  
your Windows system “sleep” when not in use instead of turning off.  
Linux - Ability to install and use several Red Hat Linux operating systems with  
SunPCi.  
Updated SunPCi User Interface - The SunPCi user interface is now “section 508  
compliant”, when using GNOME as your Solaris desktop.  
Note – You must purchase retail Microsoft Windows or Linux operating system  
software and your PC applications separately.  
From a PC Users Perspective  
From the perspective of a PC user, SunPCi III hardware and software include  
the following PC features:  
Emulated hard drives, which function like local PC hard drives  
Expandable hard drives, which enable you to increase the size of your PC hard  
drive  
Extended drives, which are similar to networked drives on a PC  
IBM PC and PC keyboard emulation  
Access to serial, parallel, Firewire 1394a, and USB 2.0 peripherals, such as  
printers, scanners, and digital cameras, using the SunPCi optional Serial/ Parallel  
Port Backplate and the USB/ Firewire Backplate  
Chapter 1 Introducing SunPCi III 3.2.1 Hardware and Software  
3
 
256 Mbytes of SODIMM standard (in one slot), plus a second slot for optional  
memory up to a total of 2 Gbytes of memory  
Access to PC-based servers, workstations, and networks, including file and  
print servers  
Ability to use an optional external VGA monitor  
Physical Ethernet, which uses a separate Ethernet connection; or virtual Ethernet,  
which uses the Sun systems networking capabilities (virtual networking is  
disabled with multiple SunPCi cards and Linux)  
PC audio with a stereo speaker or headphone output jack, and a monaural  
microphone compatible input jack  
From a Solaris Users Perspective  
From the perspective of an Sun system user, SunPCi III hardware and software  
include the following features:  
Reliable access to thousands of PC applications  
Ability to display super-VGA graphics with 16-bit and 24-bit color  
Ability to share network resources, such as printers and files, between the PC and  
Solaris environments  
Ability to copy and paste text between Microsoft Windows or Linux and  
OpenWindows, GNOME, or CDE (this feature is not available for Microsoft  
Windows server products)  
Access to PC-based networks, including Novel NetWare file and print servers  
(only physical networking, not virtual networking, is supported with multiple  
cards)  
Supported Citrix MetaFrame Software  
Citrix MetaFrame software enables Solaris clients to display and use SunPCi III 3.2.1  
software running the Windows 2000 Server operating system on a remote host.  
Citrix server software must be installed on an emulated drive that contains Windows  
2000 Server operating system software and that is attached to a SunPCi III card.  
When the server is configured to use Virtual Network Computing (VNC), you can  
boot SunPCi III software as part of server startup, eliminating the need to  
specifically start the SunPCi III software before clients can use it.  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 hardware and software support use of the following Citrix  
MetaFrame products:  
4
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
Citrix MetaFrame 1.8 for Microsoft Windows  
Citrix MetaFrame XP for Microsoft Windows  
See the following Web site for information about purchasing and using Citrix  
MetaFrame software:  
http://www.citrix.com  
Getting Help for SunPCi III Software  
Help is available online for the SunPCi III commands from Solaris manual pages  
(also called man pages) and from the documentation PDF files on the SunPCi III  
3.2.1 CD.  
How to View Solaris Manual Pages  
You can use manual pages to obtain information about the Solaris operating  
environment itself, or about the commands associated with Solaris software. To view  
Solaris online manual pages, follow these steps:  
1. Set your MANPATHvariable as follows:  
$MANPATH:/opt/SUNWspci3/man  
2. Type the word man, followed by the name of the command in which you are  
interested in learning about.  
For example, to get Help on the sunpcicommand, type the following command:  
% man sunpci  
The system responds Reformatting page... wait, and then displays a section  
of the manual page in the Terminal window. To scroll through the manual page,  
press any key. To exit the manual page, press Control-C.  
For information about how to add the SunPCi III man page directory to your  
MANPATHenvironment variable, refer to your Solaris documentation.  
Chapter 1 Introducing SunPCi III 3.2.1 Hardware and Software  
5
       
Getting Help for Microsoft Windows and  
Linux Software  
To get help while working in a Microsoft Windows or Linux operating system, do  
one of the following:  
Press F1.  
Click Start and choose Help (Microsoft Windows).  
Click Main Menu and choose Help (Linux).  
The appropriate operating system Help file then opens.  
For help with your operating system software, refer to your operating system  
documentation.  
Viewing the Documentation PDF Files  
English versions of the documentation are in the Docsdirectory on the SunPCi III  
3.2.1 CD in PDF (Adobe Acrobat) format. The CD includes the following  
documentation:  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide – Describes how to configure the SunPCi III  
software to use one or more SunPCi III cards, how to install the Microsoft  
Windows or Linux software on a SunPCi card, and how to troubleshoot SunPCi  
issues.  
SunPCi III Quick Start Installation Guide – Describes how to install one or more  
SunPCi III cards and SunPCi III software.  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Product Notes – Describes late-breaking issues related to the  
SunPCi III product.  
To view the documentation PDF files, follow these steps:  
1. Insert the SunPCi III 3.2.1 CD into the system CD-ROM drive.  
A File Manager window opens.  
2. In the File Manager window, double-click the Docsdirectory where the PDF files  
for your locale are stored on your SunPCi III 3.2.1 CD.  
6
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
3. Double-click the Adobe Acrobat PDF file you want to open.  
After a few seconds, the Adobe Acrobat splash screen opens, followed by the Adobe  
Acrobat program displaying the file you double-clicked.  
Note – If needed, you can download Adobe Acrobat Reader for free from the Adobe  
Web site: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/alternate.html  
Removing Microsoft Windows Software  
To remove Microsoft Windows software from an emulated drive, consult your  
Microsoft Windows documentation.  
Chapter 1 Introducing SunPCi III 3.2.1 Hardware and Software  
7
 
8
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
CHAPTER  
2
Getting Started  
“Starting and Stopping the SunPCi III Software” on page 11  
“Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software” on page 12  
This chapter includes instructions for completing the following tasks:  
“How to Start the SunPCi III Software” on page 11  
“How to Exit the SunPCi III Software” on page 11  
“How to Create a New Emulated Drive” on page 14  
“How to Attach an Existing Emulated Drive as a C: or D: Drive” on page 17  
“How to Grow an Existing Emulated Drive” on page 18  
9
 
System Requirements  
To install and use SunPCi III 3.2.1 software, you need the following:  
A PCI-based Sun system with one or more SunPCi III cards installed. See the  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Product Notes for a complete list of supported systems.  
Solaris 7, Solaris 8, or Solaris 9 operating environment.  
GNOME or Common Desktop Environment (CDE) X-Window manager.  
A CD-ROM drive, either local (attached to your system), or remote (attached to  
another system on your network).  
Note – You must use a Sun CD-ROM drive during installation of SunPCi III  
software. You can use third-party CD-ROM drives for other products and  
applications after SunPCi III installation.  
A hard disk; either local or remote (local preferred), with at least 60 Mbytes of  
available storage space for the SunPCi III package, and additional storage space  
of 4096 Mbytes for each operating system.  
The SunPCi III card comes with 256 Mbytes of RAM. To use any of the supported  
operating systems with your SunPCi III system, your SunPCi III card should have  
installed 256 Mbytes RAM.  
Memory requirements for operating systems are based on the number and type of  
users connecting. Consult the SunPCi Web site for further information:  
http://www.sun.com/desktop/products/sunpci  
Tip – Information about using multiple SunPCi III cards is described in “Using  
Multiple SunPCi III Cards” on page 21.  
The SunPCi III 3.2.1 user interface when using GNOME looks slightly different than  
earlier versions. The SunPCi user interface when using GNOME is “section-508  
compliant,” meaning it adheres to federal standards for user accessibility. The  
SunPCi user interface when using CDE looks similar to earlier versions of SunPCi  
III.  
Note – The SunPCi graphics and illustrations in this chapter are from the GNOME  
user interface. The tasks and steps are the same in both interfaces, even though the  
graphics and illustrations look slightly different.  
10  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Starting and Stopping the SunPCi III  
Software  
This section provides instructions for starting and stopping the SunPCi software.  
How to Start the SunPCi III Software  
To start the SunPCi software, open a terminal window and type the following  
command at the Solaris prompt:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci  
When you start the SunPCi III software for the first time, the software creates a  
Solaris directory named ~/pc, into which several SunPCi III files are installed.  
You then see a SunPCi splash screen and the SunPCi window opens.  
Note – If you modify the $pathstatement in your .loginfile, you can create a  
shortcut to open SunPCi. For information about customizing the SunPCi path, refer  
to your Solaris software documentation.  
How to Exit the SunPCi III Software  
Stopping the SunPCi software involves two steps: closing Microsoft Windows or  
Caution – Always close Microsoft Windows or Linux before exiting from SunPCi  
software or your files and applications could become corrupted.  
See “SunPCi III Menus” on page 113 for descriptions of menu options that are  
available.  
Chapter 2 Getting Started  
11  
         
Shutting Down SunPCi III Software  
1. Click Start and choose Shut Down.  
The Shut Down Windows dialog box opens.  
2. Click the “Shut down” option.  
3. Click OK.  
Microsoft Windows closes and the SunPCi window remains open, with the SunPCi  
splash screen displaying “You may now exit or reset SunPCi.”  
4. From the File menu in SunPCi, choose Quit.  
The SunPCi Exit dialog box opens.  
5. Click Quit.  
SunPCi III closes.  
Note – You can also shut down SunPCi gracefully by choosing Quit from the File  
menu. The Quit dialog box opens and you then click the Shutdown x86 OS and Quit  
SunPCi button, which allows SunPCi to exit gracefully.  
Note – The specific terminology might be different than described above in different  
operating systems, although the procedure is the same.  
Emulated Drives and SunPCi III  
Software  
In order to emulate a PC, SunPCi III software creates a file in Solaris software and  
configures the file so that OpenDOS and Microsoft Windows or Linux see the file as  
a physical drive. This type of file is a SunPCi III emulated hard drive.  
After you install the SunPCi III software as detailed in the SunPCi III Quick Start  
Installation Guide, you create a default C: drive and assign it to an emulated drive  
file. By default, all SunPCi III windows are booted from this drive C: and use the  
startup files located on the drive.  
12  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
Note – You can create several C: and D: drive files, each with different applications  
and configurations, and attach a drive as needed. Only one C: drive and one D:  
drive can be active at any one time, and a file cannot function as a C: drive and a D:  
drive at the same time.  
Creating an Emulated Drive  
The first time you start SunPCi software, a dialog box opens asking you to create an  
emulated C: drive. You then click Create and the Create a New Emulated Drive  
dialog box opens, which allows you to do the following:  
Select an operating system to automatically install  
Specify a size for the emulated drive  
Specify whether to attach the emulated drive  
Specify the directory and name for the emulated drive  
Selecting an operating system to automatically install (auto-install) simplifies  
installation. When you specify an operating system to auto-install, the software  
automatically finds and copies setup files, boot files, system files, and drivers that  
are appropriate for that operating system.  
The emulated drive is a single file that SunPCi creates in the Solaris environment. By  
default the file is named OSNAME.diskimage, such as XP.diskimage. By default  
the location is in the ~/pcdirectory in your home directory.  
You can selectively attach this emulated drive to any available SunPCi III card. You  
to run that operating system on your SunPCi III card. A SunPCi III card can run only  
one operating system at a time.  
If you have only one SunPCi III card installed, you can accept the default file name  
for the emulated drive in a standard installation. If you have multiple cards  
installed, consult the section “Configuring Multiple Cards With SunPCi III Software”  
on page 23.  
Within Microsoft Windows, because of the inherent limitations of DOS, when you  
create an emulated drive of up to 40 Gbytes that uses the FAT16 file system, that  
portion above 2 Gbytes in size is unavailable to DOS. All Microsoft Windows  
operating systems can use a FAT16 disk, but FAT16 format capacity is restricted to a  
maximum of 2 Gbytes. You can reformat, convert, and/ or repartition the emulated  
drive to access the disk portion beyond 2 Gbytes after you have installed your  
Microsoft Windows operating system.  
Chapter 2 Getting Started  
13  
     
Tip – If you choose the automatic installation of a Microsoft Windows operating  
system using NTFS, you are not constrained by the limitations of DOS.  
When the emulated drive is created for Linux, the drive is not partitioned. So, if this  
emulated drive is a boot disk, the partitioning and formatting will be completed  
during installation. If the emulated drive is not a boot disk, you must complete  
partitioning and format the drive using Linux tools. Refer to your Linux  
documentation for additional information.  
How to Create a New Emulated Drive  
1. Start the SunPCi III software.  
If you have not created an emulated drive previously for the SunPCi III card, the  
Create a New Emulated Drive dialog box opens automatically.  
2. Open the Create a New Emulated Drive dialog box by doing one of the following:  
If this is the first time you are creating an emulated drive for the SunPCi III card,  
a dialog box prompts you to open the Create a New Emulated Drive dialog box  
after installing the SunPCi III software.  
If this is not the first time you are opening SunPCi III or need to create additional  
emulated drives, from the Options menu in the SunPCi window, choose Create a  
New Emulated Drive.  
Note – In GNOME, you can also choose the menu option, Create a New Emulated  
Drive Druid, which performs the same action as in the Create a New Emulated  
Drive, except that you perform only one step at a time.  
The Create a New Emulated Drive dialog box opens. See FIGURE 2-1.  
14  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
 
FIGURE 2-1 Create a New Emulated Drive Dialog Box  
3. In the Create a New Emulated Drive dialog box, select an operating system to  
auto-install.  
If applicable, insert the first operating system installation CD-ROM into the Sun  
system.  
Select one of the operating systems from the drop-down list box to auto-install.  
Select DR DOS 7.01 (Bootable) if you plan to do a custom installation of an  
operating system at a later time. To install the operating system, you need to  
follow instructions in the corresponding chapter in this guide.  
Select None (Unformatted disk) if you want to create a non-bootable drive  
(a D: drive). Before you can use the drive, you need to format it. See your  
operating system documentation.  
Caution – When you specify an operating system to auto-install and insert the  
operating system CD into your CD-ROM drive, the software automatically finds and  
copies setup files, boot files, system files, and drivers for that operating system. Do  
not perform a custom installation unless you want to use customized installation  
scripts.  
For Microsoft Windows operating systems, you can choose between creating the disk  
with the FAT16 file system or the NTFS file system. You cannot boot to OpenDOS  
using a C: that is drive formatted for the NTFS file system. This is a known  
restriction. See “FAT16 File System Limitation Issue” on page 151 for more  
information.  
Chapter 2 Getting Started  
15  
 
4. Move the horizontal slider to set the drive size (in Gbytes) for the new drive.  
The horizontal slider automatically sets to the recommended default size. The left  
end of the scale is restricted to the required minimum drive size for the operating  
system you selected.  
With SunPCi III 3.2.1, you can use only 90% of the maximum free space available to  
create a new disk. For example, if you have 10 Gbytes of space available in the  
directory /home/twtone, the maximum allowable size is 9 Gbytes for that disk.  
Note – For best performance, install your Microsoft Windows or Linux applications  
locally on drive C: or D:.  
5. Select the option on how to attach the new drive.  
Click the C:, D:, or Do Not Attach radio button.  
6. In the New Emulated Drive Filename drop-down list box, either select or type the  
path of the new emulated drive.  
You can click Browse to view existing files. You must specify a new disk image name  
for the emulated drive, or accept the defaults.  
For best performance, create your emulated drives on a local hard disk on your Sun  
system. Performance of Microsoft Windows or Linux is significantly better on a local  
hard drive.  
7. Click OK.  
The Disc Creation Process dialog box opens indicating progress of the disk file  
creation. When complete, the Reset SunPCi dialog box opens.  
8. Click Reset Now.  
The SunPCi software reboots.  
9. If you chose to auto-install an operating system, insert the first installation CD  
into your CD-ROM drive when prompted and follow the instructions.  
Refer to the specific operating system chapter for additional information.  
If you are installing multiple cards into your system, see “Using Multiple SunPCi III  
Cards” on page 21. There are significant differences between configuring multiple  
cards and configuring a single card.  
16  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
 
Attaching Emulated Drives  
If you want to use an existing emulated drive that is not currently attached to your  
SunPCi card as a C: or D: drive, you can attach it by following the directions in this  
section.  
How to Attach an Existing Emulated Drive as a  
C: or D: Drive  
Note – If the drive you want to use is already attached, skip this procedure.  
If you want to use an emulated drive that is not attached as a C: or D: drive, you  
need to attach the drive.  
To attach an existing emulated drive, perform the following procedure:  
1. Start the SunPCi III software.  
2. From the Options menu, choose Attach an Existing Emulated Drive.  
The Attach an Existing Emulated Drive dialog box opens.  
FIGURE 2-2 Attach an Existing Emulated Drive Dialog Box  
3. Click the C: or D: radio button to specify how to attach the drive.  
4. In the “Choose a file to attach” drop-down list box, either select or type the path  
of the emulated drive you plan to attach.  
You can click Browse to search for an emulated drive.  
Chapter 2 Getting Started  
17  
     
5. Click OK.  
The Reset SunPCi dialog box opens.  
6. Click Shutdown x86 OS and Reset SunPCi to attach the emulated drive.  
SunPCi software reboots to the newly attached drive. The drive is now attached as a  
C: or D: drive.  
Growing an Existing Emulated Drive  
Disk expansion enables you to expand your Microsoft Windows or Linux hard drive  
to gain more space.  
To use newly added emulated drive space, you must either create a new partition  
and format a new file system within it or expand an already existing partition into  
the newly created space. You must complete one of these two options so that the  
operating system recognizes the newly added space.  
You then format your new space by using a third-party software or appropriate  
Microsoft Windows utility, as described at the end of the next procedure.  
How to Grow an Existing Emulated Drive  
You can expand the hard drive space by doing the following in the SunPCi window:  
1. Start the SunPCi III software.  
2. From the Options menu, choose Grow an Existing Emulated Drive.  
The Grow an Existing Emulated Drive dialog box opens.  
18  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
FIGURE 2-3 Grow an Existing Emulated Drive Dialog Box  
3. Move the horizontal slider to the new size of the drive.  
Note – The size you choose is the total size of the emulated drive, which includes  
both the original size of the drive and the added space.  
4. In the Select Emulated Drive drop-down list box, either select or type the path of  
the emulated drive you plan to grow.  
You can click Browse to search for an emulated drive.  
5. Click OK.  
The Disk Grow Process dialog box shows the progress of the disk expansion. Then  
the Information dialog box shows additional information.  
6. Click Close.  
7. From the File menu, choose Quit.  
The Quit SunPCi dialog box opens.  
8. Click Shutdown x86 OS and Reset SunPCi.  
SunPCi software reboots to the newly grown drive.  
Caution – You will not be able to use the expanded drive space you created until  
you complete the following task.  
9. After you grow the drive, you must perform one of the following options to  
complete the procedure:  
Create a new partition in the expanded space by using the DOS fdiskutility, and  
then create a new drive by formatting it using Microsoft Windows Explorer.  
Chapter 2 Getting Started  
19  
   
Use a third-party software, such as PartitionMagic, to complete the expansion of  
your current disk drive.  
Create a new partition in the expanded space in Linux by using the command  
fdisk/dev/sundskaor fdisk/dev/sundskb.  
Microsoft Windows Service Packs  
After installing Microsoft Windows operating system software, you might need to  
install a Microsoft Service Pack. For information about installing a Service Pack,  
consult your Microsoft Windows documentation.  
TABLE 2-1 lists the Service Packs that SunPCi III 3.2.1 software requires for supported  
Windows operating systems.  
TABLE 2-1  
Microsoft Service Packs Required by SunPCi III 3.2.1 Software  
Windows Operating System  
Windows XP Professional  
Windows 2000 Professional  
Windows 2000 Server  
Minimum Service Pack  
Service Pack 1a  
Service Pack 4  
Service Pack 4  
Windows Server 2003  
No Service Pack Required  
Note – Linux Red Hat has no specific Service Pack support.  
Power Management  
SunPCi III supports power management capabilities for these supported Microsoft  
Windows operating systems. Power management is installed when you are doing a  
fresh installation of any of the supported Microsoft Windows operating systems.  
Power management enables you to place your Microsoft Windows operating system  
in Stand By mode to enable it to sleep when not in use.  
Note – To wake up the system from Stand By mode, place the mouse over your  
Microsoft Windows operating system and press any key to wake up the system.  
20  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
         
CHAPTER  
3
Using Multiple SunPCi III Cards  
This chapter assumes that you have installed the SunPCi III 3.2.1 software and all  
the cards that you will be using concurrently in your Sun system. You should have  
configured the first card following the procedures in Chapter 2. This chapter  
explains how to configure additional SunPCi III cards.  
“Configuring Multiple Cards With SunPCi III Software” on page 23  
“Using Cards and Emulated Drives” on page 25  
This chapter includes instructions for completing the following tasks:  
“How to Create an .iniFile Using the -nOption” on page 24  
“How to Identify Card Names” on page 25  
“How to Start a Specific .iniFile” on page 26  
“How to Start a Specific Card” on page 26  
“How to Start a Specific Image and a Specific Card” on page 27  
21  
     
Multiple Cards Configuration Process  
You can install multiple SunPCi III cards into an Sun server or Sun system. To  
configure multiple cards, follow this sequence:  
1. Remove any previous versions of SunPCi cards (version 1.x or 2.x).  
2. Remove any previous version of SunPCi software.  
3. Install all the SunPCi III cards you plan to use.  
4. Install the SunPCi III 3.2.1 software on your system.  
5. Configure one card and its emulated drive software completely.  
6. Configure the rest of your SunPCi III cards.  
See the SunPCi III Quick Start Installation Guide for complete instructions.  
Caution – SunPCi III cards cannot coexist with earlier SunPCi cards. Your Sun  
server or Sun system can only accommodate the same version of SunPCi cards.  
You also need to clearly identify configuration files and cards before finalizing your  
software configuration and starting the software. You should have done this when  
installing the cards.  
Advanced Server Support for  
Configuration Options  
For advanced SunPCi III server support concerning SunPCi III memory, CPUs, and  
benchmark information, consult the SunPCi Web site:  
http://www.sun.com/desktop/products/sunpci  
22  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Configuring Multiple Cards With  
SunPCi III Software  
The first time the SunPCi III software is started, a default filename.iniconfiguration  
file is created as ~/pc/SunPC.ini. This .inifile is specified from the sunpci  
command line to start the desired emulated C: or D: drive.  
In a multiple card system, an emulated drive can be associated with only one card at  
a time. By default the drives attach to the next available card, although you can  
specify a particular card, if needed.  
Default .iniConfiguration File  
In order to start an emulated C: or D: drive, that drives file name must appear in the  
default .inifile named SunPC.ini. The drive name insertion is done  
automatically when you create and attach drives using the SunPCi III software.  
Also inserted into the SunPC.iniconfiguration file are the names of PC  
components and other information. PC components include the drive image file  
name or names, the CD-ROM device file name, a diskette device file name, and other  
devices such as printers or other peripherals.  
Here is a sample listing of the content of a default SunPC.inifile created in a  
system with one card installed.  
[Drives]  
A drive=/dev/rdiskette  
C drive=/home/user/pc/C.diskimage  
CD=/vol/dev/aliases/cdrom0  
D drive=/net/host/export/SunPCi_III/D.diskimage  
Naming .iniFiles When Using Multiple Cards  
When you install multiple SunPCi cards into the same system, you need to create  
multiple .inifiles and emulated C: or D: drive images, one for each card. A  
particular card is not necessarily associated with a particular .inifile name.  
Name files and disk images in a way that clearly identifies the .inifile and its  
associated C: and D: drive images. Up to two disk drive images are permitted in a  
single .inifile.  
Chapter 3 Using Multiple SunPCi III Cards  
23  
           
One solution is to name the .inifile and its disk image using some identifying  
characteristic, such as the operating system installed on the disk image. You can only  
run one C: and one D: drive per card at a time.  
TABLE 3-1  
Sample File Names in a Multiple Card Configuration  
.iniFile Names  
Disk Image Names Inside Each .iniFile  
SunPC.ini(default)  
C.diskimage  
D.diskimage  
win2k.ini  
C.win2k.diskimage  
Unless you specify differently, the following convention is the default SunPCi III  
3.2.1 graphical user interface (GUI) behavior when you use the sunpcicommand  
with the -noption. The stem of the specified .inifile name, for example win2k, is  
incorporated into the disk image file name as shown in TABLE 3-1. The following  
procedure illustrates this behavior.  
How to Create an .iniFile Using the -nOption  
The following procedure assumes that you have installed an additional card or cards  
into your system. To create a new .inifile, follow these steps:  
1. At the Solaris prompt, type the following command:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -n filename.ini  
By default, after creating an .inifile (using the sunpcicommand with the -n), the  
emulated drive name will use the .ininame as the default name for the emulated  
drive, such as c.filename.diskimage. You can edit the name if needed through the  
user interface.  
The Create a New Existing Emulated Drive dialog box opens.  
2. Click OK to accept the default disk image name.  
For additional information, refer to “Creating an Emulated Drive” on page 13.  
24  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
         
Using Cards and Emulated Drives  
Although an emulated drive must run on a SunPCi III card, the SunPCi III emulated  
drives are not forced to run on any particular card. By default any particular .ini  
file and its associated drive will start on any available card, and it is not possible to  
predict which card will be used. By default, SunPCi creates the SunPC.inifile  
during installation, which is located in the /pcdirectory on your system.  
You can, however, start a drive and a specific card together. To do this, you need to  
identify the cards that are installed in your system.  
How to Identify Card Names  
To identify the name of each installed card, type the following command:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -l  
The system displays the following information: the cards name, the cards device  
file name in the /devdirectory, the cards type, the cards description, and the cards  
ID or Ethernet (MAC) address.  
What follows is sample output from a system with two cards installed.  
Name = Card1  
Device = /dev/sunpci3drv0  
Type = SunPCi III  
Description = SunPCi III card  
ID = 08:00:20:F9:xx:xx  
Name = Card2  
Device = /dev/sunpci3drv3  
Type = SunPCi III  
Description = SunPCi III card  
ID = 08:00:20:E7:xx:xx  
Note – Instead of the ID message you could get the Card In Usemessage if one  
of the cards is already running.  
Chapter 3 Using Multiple SunPCi III Cards  
25  
     
How to Start a Specific .iniFile  
By default, SunPCi software uses the SunPC.inifile when you use the sunpci  
command. To start a different emulated drive, which you must do in a multiple card  
configuration, use the sunpcicommand with the -poption. You then must enter  
the full path of the location of the .inifile.  
To start SunPCi software with a specific file using the -poption, type the  
following command:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -p pathname.ini  
Where pathname is the full directory path of the .inifile, for example,  
/home/my_directory/pc/SunPC.ini.  
The SunPCi III software starts, using the referenced disk image.  
If you start an emulated drive with a card on which that drive was not created, you  
get the following warning dialog box about the Ethernet (MAC) address:  
This emulated drive image was created on another SunPCi card. This  
could cause problems if there was special hardware connected to  
that card. It could also cause problems if your installed software  
or configuration makes any assumptions about the MAC address.  
Emulated Disk File /pathname/c.diskimage  
was created on the card with the MAC address xx:yy:zz:zz:yy:xx  
If you do not wish to see this message in the future, start sunpci  
with the -n option.  
If application registration or network configuration setup is affected, you can use the  
-n option, or you can bind the particular image and card by remapping the MAC  
address to the disk image.  
If you want to bind the MAC address to the current disk image, use the -Boption  
with the sunpcicommand. See “The sunpciCommand and Its Options” on  
page 110 for more details.  
How to Start a Specific Card  
Sometimes you might need to start a specific card with a specific C: drive. For  
example, you might want to run on a card with a printer that is attached to a port, or  
to run on a card that provides better support for a memory intensive application.  
26  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
To start the SunPCi III software with a specific card, type the following command:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -c cardname -p pathname.ini  
Where cardname is one cards name returned by the system, for example, Card1or  
Card2.  
Starting Specific Disk Image Files  
When you want to use the SunPCi software with different operating systems on  
different disk images, you can create additional C: drive image files for as many  
operating systems as you need to run. To install the operating system, refer to the  
appropriate chapter in this guide.  
When you want to run a different operating system, close the operating system you  
are using and exit from SunPCi. Start the disk image you need using the sunpci  
command with the -poption.  
How to Start a Specific Image and a Specific  
Card  
By starting a specific image and a specific card, you can link an image and a card to  
ensure that a particular image is executing on a specific card.  
Note – You can only run one operating system at a time per card.  
To start SunPCi software with a specific file and a specific card using the -p  
and -coptions, type the following command:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -p pathname.ini-c cardname  
The SunPCi III software starts, using the referenced disk image and card.  
If you start an image with a card on which it was not created, you get a warning  
dialog box about the Ethernet (MAC) address, see “How to Start a Specific .ini  
File” on page 26.  
Chapter 3 Using Multiple SunPCi III Cards  
27  
     
To open and run multiple SunPCi III cards on the same system, follow the directions  
above for opening each particular disk image and card. Although the .inifile is not  
dedicated to a particular disk image, you need to have an available .inifile for  
each card you open. Enter the full path location of the .inifile.  
Updating the SunPCi III Card  
Configuration  
You might need to add, remove, move, or replace a SunPCi III card. After doing this,  
you must update the SunPCi III Solaris drivers on the system.  
To update the SunPCi III card configuration, complete the following procedure:  
1. Remove the files /etc/Master.iniand /etc/Master.bak, if they exist.  
2. Become superuser and type the following command:  
# /opt/SUNWspci3/drivers/solaris/sunpcload  
3. Reconfigure any Boot@Boot support if needed as it will be lost. Add and enable  
VNC and cards using the sunpcidadmcommand with the -aand -eoptions.  
See “Configuring and Using Boot@Boot Support” on page 120.  
4. Exit the superuser account and proceed as you would to start the software  
normally.  
Rebinding Images and Cards  
When a disk image file is created, the Ethernet (MAC) address of the card on which  
the disk image file was created is written into its header, binding the card to the disk  
image file. The binding is only informational, and does not interfere with running a  
C: or a D: drive on a different card. The sunpcicommand -Boption rewrites the  
MAC address of the current card into the disk image file header.  
This switch is rarely used. If you are remapping a C: drive in which the MAC  
address of the original card has been used by installed applications for registration  
or network purposes, you risk licensing and networking issues.  
28  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
Before attempting to reconfigure the binding of any disk image, verify that you have  
read and understood the sunpciand the sunpciflashcommand-line options. For  
more information, refer to “The sunpciCommand and Its Options” on page 110.  
Multiple Card Behavior  
The following sections explain limitations or features of a SunPCi III session when  
running multiple cards installed in the same system.  
Networking With Multiple Cards  
Virtual networking is automatically disabled in systems with more than one card  
installed. Use physical networking with multiple card configurations.  
See “Networking With SunPCi III Hardware and Software” on page 31 for more  
information.  
Using the Diskette Drive With Multiple Cards  
When multiple cards on a system are running, once the diskette drive is being used  
by a SunPCi III session, the drive is not available to any other session. When not in  
use, the diskette drive is locked to the first SunPCi III session started after it becomes  
available.  
Using the CD-ROM Drive With Multiple Cards  
When multiple cards on a system are running, they all share the system CD-ROM  
drive. One unusual, but expected behavior is that when you insert a CD into the  
drive, the Autorun option starts on all running SunPCi sessions.  
Chapter 3 Using Multiple SunPCi III Cards  
29  
       
30  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
CHAPTER  
4
Networking With SunPCi III  
Hardware and Software  
Sun system, that you have installed the SunPCi III software, and that you want to  
understand what networking options are available with the SunPCi III 3.2.1 product.  
This chapter includes instructions for completing the following tasks:  
“How to Set TCP/ IP Properties” on page 33  
“How to Set Up Physical Ethernet Networking” on page 34  
“How to Set Up Virtual Ethernet Networking” on page 34  
“How to Use Power Management With Physical Networking” on page 35  
Networking With SunPCi III  
There are two ways to connect each SunPCi III card to your network:  
Physical Ethernet – Use the external Ethernet connector on the back of the  
SunPCi III card and connect the card to a second physical Ethernet connection.  
Virtual Ethernet – Use the internal networking driver (NDIS driver) in the  
SunPCi III software and connect through your systems Ethernet connection.  
Note – When more than one SunPCi III card is installed in a system, virtual  
networking is disabled by the SunPCi III software.  
31  
       
Note – Only Physical Networking is supported with Linux.  
Physical Ethernet networking is faster than virtual Ethernet, but it requires an  
additional port to connect to your network. This means that you need to have two  
separate Ethernet connections: one for your Solaris system, and one for your  
SunPCi III card.  
Physical Ethernet networking eliminates the need for routing to a third host in order  
for the Solaris system and the SunPCi III card to communicate with each other over  
the Transmission Control Protocol/ Internet Protocol (TCP/ IP). Once physical  
Ethernet networking is set up, you can “see” both your SunPCi III card and your  
workstation in the list of network hosts.  
Virtual Ethernet networking eliminates the need for a second network port. You  
share a single Ethernet connection between your system and your SunPCi III card. If  
you use virtual networking, you are not able to generate a network path between  
your SunPCi III card and your host Solaris system until you set up network  
connections. When multiple cards are installed in a system, virtual Ethernet  
networking is permanently disabled.  
For specific instructions on the networking drivers for your operating system, refer  
to the corresponding installation chapter.  
To install the Windows XP Professional drivers, refer to Chapter 5.  
To install the Windows 2000 drivers, refer to Chapter 6.  
To install the Windows Server 2003 drivers, refer to Chapter 7.  
To install the Red Hat Linux drivers, refer to Chapter 8.  
Caution – When one SunPCi III card is installed with the SunPCi III software, you  
can use either physical or virtual networking, but not both at once.  
Note – When multiple cards are installed in your system, virtual networking is  
automatically disabled and you need to configure the TCP/ IP network protocols for  
all Microsoft Windows configurations.  
32  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Setting Up Networking With SunPCi III  
Hardware and Software  
Setting up networking with SunPCi hardware and software involves setting TCP/ IP  
properties, setting up either physical or virtual Ethernet networking, and setting up  
network connections between SunPCi III cards and your Sun system.  
How to Set TCP/ IP Properties  
Before you can configure TCP/ IP, you need to obtain certain information from the  
network administrator at your site.  
1. Obtain the following information before you begin:  
Your SunPCi III computer name (the name you enter when you install Microsoft  
Windows or Linux)  
If you are not using Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) to obtain an IP  
address, you also need:  
The IP address for your SunPCi III card  
Note – The IP address for your SunPCi III card must be different from your Sun  
systems IP address.  
The subnet mask for your sites network  
The IP address for your router or gateway (if used)  
Note – If you are using virtual networking, you cannot use DHCP for both your  
Sun system and the SunPCi III card.  
The host name, domain name, and IP address for each Domain Name Service  
(DNS) server at your site (if used)  
2. To configure TCP/IP, open the Network icon in the Control Panel in Microsoft  
Windows or choose Network from the System Settings in Linux.  
Enter the information you obtained into the corresponding fields. For more  
information, refer to your operating system documentation.  
Chapter 4 Networking With SunPCi III Hardware and Software  
33  
           
Note – Microsoft Windows and Linux provides a number of different ways to install  
hardware. Follow the instructions in this section, even if you have installed  
hardware before.  
How to Set Up Physical Ethernet Networking  
To configure the physical Ethernet network, perform the following steps:  
1. Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the back of the SunPCi III card.  
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the networks Ethernet port.  
3. Restart your operating system software.  
4. If you have not already set up TCP/IP, refer to the previous section.  
How to Set Up Virtual Ethernet Networking  
Note – When more than one SunPCi III card is installed in a system, virtual  
networking is disabled by the SunPCi III software.  
If you changed networks or network properties, or if you did not set up the network  
network. Refer to the documentation that came with your version of Microsoft  
Windows and to “How to Set TCP/ IP Properties” on page 33.  
To configure virtual networking:  
In Windows XP Professional, refer to “Configuring Virtual Ethernet Networking  
for Windows XP Professional” on page 46.  
In Windows 2000, refer to “Configuring Virtual Ethernet Networking for  
Windows 2000” on page 62.  
In Windows Server 2003, refer to “Configuring Virtual Ethernet Networking for  
Windows Server 2003” on page 78.  
Note – If you are using DHCP with virtual networking, you might observe that the  
network takes several minutes to start after you configure the network and restart  
Microsoft Windows. This is normal behavior during the first reboot after you set up  
the network.  
34  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
How to Use Power Management With Physical  
Networking  
If you need to “ping” the IP address of the SunPCi III card to bring up the machine  
when it is in Stand by mode while using physical networking, do the following:  
1. Click and highlight My Computer.  
2. Right-click on My Computer.  
3. Choose Manage.  
4. Click Device Manager.  
5. Click Network adaptors.  
6. Click VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adaptor Properties.  
The VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adaptor Properties dialog box opens.  
7. Click the Power Management tab.  
8. Click the “Allow this device to bring the computer out of standby” check box.  
9. Click OK.  
10. Close the Computer Management window.  
Chapter 4 Networking With SunPCi III Hardware and Software  
35  
 
36  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
CHAPTER  
5
Using Windows XP Professional  
Professional on your SunPCi III system. It also describes how to upgrade an existing  
“Upgrading Windows NT4 WS and Windows 2000 Professional to Windows XP  
Professional” on page 40  
“Upgrading Windows NT4 WS to Windows XP Professional” on page 41  
page 43  
“How to Add a Virtual Network Adapter” on page 47  
“How to Configure the Network for Windows XP Professional” on page 49  
“How to Reconfigure the Network Adapter for Physical Ethernet” on page 50  
“How to Prepare Windows XP Professional to Display External Video” on page 51  
“How to Configure Windows XP Professional for External Video Use” on page 52  
“How to Switch External Video Back to the System Monitor” on page 53  
Throughout this chapter, Microsoft Windows XP Professional is referred to as  
Windows XP Professional.  
37  
   
You install operating system software when you create an emulated drive by  
choosing Create a New Emulated Drive from the SunPCi Options menu. See  
“Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software” on page 12. If you want to perform a  
custom installation using scripts that differ from the standard Microsoft installation  
scripts, see “How to Perform a Custom Installation” on page 39.  
Caution – This release does not support simultaneous operation of Windows XP  
Professional on both the system monitor and external monitors.  
Installation Notes  
Make sure that you have the following media and information available before you  
begin installation:  
Windows XP Professional retail installation software CD  
Customized installation scripts, if needed  
The network system name for each SunPCi III card installed in your system  
The workgroup or domain name for your Windows XP Professional installation  
on each SunPCi III card installed in your system  
Note – When you install or upgrade to Windows XP Professional, a dialog box  
might appear that contains information about display settings. The mouse is  
disabled at this point, and you must use the Tab and Return keys to click buttons in  
the dialog box and also in the settings confirmation dialog box that might follow.  
The mouse is enabled after doing this.  
38  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
How to Perform a Custom Installation  
Caution – When you specify an operating system to auto-install in the Create a  
New Emulated Drive dialog box, the software automatically finds and copies setup  
files, boot files, system files, and drivers that are appropriate for that operating  
system. The software also launches Windows Setup when SunPCi software reboots.  
scripts.  
1. Create a new emulated hard drive and auto-install the DR DOS 7.01 operating  
system software.  
See “Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software” on page 12. Set options in the Create  
a New Emulated Drive dialog box as follows:  
Select DR DOS 7.01 (Bootable) as the operating system to auto-install.  
Be sure to make the drive at least 2 Gbytes in size, which can be expanded later if  
needed.  
Attach the drive as a C: drive.  
For best performance, create your emulated drives on a local hard disk on your  
Sun system or server.  
The SunPCi III software reboots. The OpenDOS prompt (C:\>) opens.  
2. Install the SunPCi III drivers.  
The default location for the Windows XP Professional files is r:\cdrom\cdrom0\  
i386. However, if your Windows XP Professional files reside at a location other than  
the default one, you need to use the /s:switch to specify where the files are located.  
For example, if your Windows XP Professional disk image is located in your Solaris  
directory at /export/home/winxp, you would access it from the R: drive in  
OpenDOS.  
Note – Copy all the contents of the installation CD files to the winxpfolder before  
starting the installation.  
Type the following command all on one line:  
C:\> f:\drivers\winxp\setupwxp /s:r:\export\home\winxp\i386  
The setup process takes a few minutes to complete.  
Chapter 5 Using Windows XP Professional  
39  
   
When the setupwxpscript finishes copying the Windows XP Professional files to  
your C: drive, it reboots the SunPCi III software. The Windows XP Professional  
Setup screen opens. When Windows XP Professional Setup finishes copying files, it  
reboots the SunPCi III software again.  
3. After the SunPCi III software reboots from the Windows XP Professional window,  
choose Attach Mouse from the Options menu or press Meta-M to attach the  
mouse.  
This enables the mouse to work with Windows XP Professional during the  
installation process. Once the installation is complete, the proper mouse drivers are  
installed and you no longer need to attach the mouse manually.  
4. Change directory to the location for your customized installation scripts.  
5. Complete the installation using your customized installation scripts.  
Upgrading Windows NT4 WS and  
Windows 2000 Professional to Windows  
In SunPCi III software, you can upgrade emulated disk drive images. You can  
upgrade an existing C: drive that is configured for the of the following operating  
systems discussed in these sections:  
“Upgrading Windows NT4 WS to Windows XP Professional” on page 41  
“Upgrading Windows 2000 Professional to Windows XP Professional” on page 42  
Upgrade Notes  
Make sure that you have the following media and disk drive space available before  
you start an upgrade to Windows XP Professional:  
The Windows XP Professional retail software installation CD; the installation will  
not work without the CD in your CD-ROM drive  
At least 2 Gbytes of available space on your emulated C: drive  
Tip – Before you perform the upgrade, make a backup copy of your existing  
C: emulated drive file and disable any anti-virus software.  
40  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Upgrading Windows NT4 WS to Windows XP  
Professional  
Caution – The setup and configuration procedures for the SunPCi III program  
involve some steps that differ from the Microsoft upgrade steps. Do not use the  
standard Microsoft upgrade procedure provided on the Windows XP Professional  
CD or the installation will fail and your emulated C: drive can become corrupted.  
Before You Begin the Upgrade  
Although Windows NT is not supported in SunPCi III 3.2.1, you can upgrade from  
Windows NT to a supported operating systems in SunPCi III 3.2.1.  
Caution – Before starting to upgrade Windows NT4 WS to Windows XP  
Professional, you must update your Intel drivers. Refer to “Updating Intel and Linux  
Drivers” on page 115 for additional information.  
Caution – If you are using an external CD-RW drive with Windows NT4 WS,  
un-install the device. The upgrade to Windows XP Professional will fail unless the  
device is removed and its software uninstalled. Reinstall the drive after the upgrade.  
Note – When upgrading from Windows NT to Windows XP Professional, a blank  
dialog box opens. This happens after the Dynamic Update completes, and when the  
Preparing Installation radio button on the left pane of the Windows XP Professional  
Installation Wizard is selected. This dialog box soon disappears and the installation  
process continues normally.  
How to Upgrade Windows NT4 WS to  
Windows XP Professional  
1. Insert the Windows XP Professional CD into your systems CD-ROM drive.  
2. Click Start and then choose Programs and Windows Explorer.  
The Windows Explorer window opens.  
Chapter 5 Using Windows XP Professional  
41  
       
3. In Windows Explorer, navigate to the following path:  
C:\sun\wxpupg\upgrade.bat  
Note – If you cannot find this directory on your C: drive, either you have installed  
the wrong version of the SunPCi III software, or you did not update your SunPCi III  
drivers.  
4. Double-click upgrade.bat.  
The upgrade process continues. This program automatically maps a network drive  
for its own use. If you do not have a network drive letter available in Windows  
Explorer, the process fails.  
5. Follow the prompts on the window and enter the information that Microsoft  
Windows requests.  
For example, enter the CD key on the back of your CD case and your administrator s  
password.  
When you are finished entering all the information, the SunPCi III software reboots  
into Windows XP Professional.  
Tip – This step can take several minutes to complete.  
6. Install the Service Pack.  
To complete the process, you need to install the appropriate Service Pack. See  
“Microsoft Windows Service Packs” on page 20.  
Upgrading Windows 2000 Professional to  
Windows XP Professional  
Caution – The setup and configuration procedures for the SunPCi III software  
involve some steps that differ from the Microsoft upgrade steps. Do not use the  
standard Microsoft upgrade procedure provided on the Windows XP Professional  
CD or the installation will fail and your emulated C: drive can become corrupted.  
42  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
How to Upgrade Windows 2000 Professional to  
Windows XP Professional  
1. Insert the Windows XP Professional CD into your systems CD-ROM drive.  
2. From the Start menu, choose All Programs, and then choose Windows Explorer.  
The Windows Explorer window opens.  
3. In Windows Explorer, navigate to the following path:  
C:\sun\wxpupg\upgrade.bat  
Note – If you cannot find this directory on your C: drive, either you have installed  
the wrong version of the SunPCi III software, or you did not update your drivers.  
4. Double-click upgrade.bat.  
The upgrade process continues. This program automatically maps a network drive  
for its own use. If you do not have a network drive letter available in Windows  
Explorer, the process fails.  
5. Follow the prompts on the window and enter the information that Microsoft  
Windows requests.  
For example, enter the CD key on the back of your CD case and your administrator s  
password when prompted.  
When you are finished entering all the information, the SunPCi III software reboots  
again into Windows XP Professional.  
Tip – This step can take several minutes to complete.  
6. Install the Service Pack.  
To complete the process, you need to install the appropriate Service Pack. See  
“Microsoft Windows Service Packs” on page 20.  
Chapter 5 Using Windows XP Professional  
43  
 
Installing Japanese Windows XP  
Professional  
There are two ways to install the Japanese version of Windows XP Professional on  
SunPCi III: automatic and manual.  
How to Perform an Automatic Installation  
To install the Japanese version of Windows XP Professional using the automatic  
method, perform the following steps:  
1. Insert the Japanese Windows XP Professional CD into your systems CD-ROM  
drive.  
1. Start the SunPCi software.  
2. Click OK.  
The Create a New Emulated Drive dialog box opens.  
3. Select either Windows XP Professional-FAT16 or Windows XP Professional-NTFS.  
4. Click the radio button to attach the drive as a C: drive.  
5. Move the horizontal slider to make the size of the drive at least 4 Gbytes.  
6. Specify the directory and file name for the drive and click OK.  
SunPCi III software restarts after the disk drive is created.  
7. Type yand press Return when this message appears:  
This cdrom appears to be Japanese Windows, is that correct?  
8. From the Options menu, select Create a New Emulated Drive.  
The Create a New Emulated Drive dialog box opens.  
9. In the Select an Operating System pane, select DR DOS 7.01 (Bootable).  
10. Attach this drive as the D: drive.  
11. Move the horizontal slider to make the size of the drive at least 4 Gbytes.  
12. Specify the directory and file name for the drive and click OK.  
44  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
13. Click OK when you receive a message asking you to shut down Windows and  
reset SunPCi III.  
14. From the File menu, select Reset PC.  
When the system finishes copying files, the SunPCi III software restarts.  
15. When the Windows XP Professional operating system asks where to install  
Windows, install the software to the C: drive.  
The installation routine continues. Follow the steps displayed on the screen. After  
you finish the installation, you can detach the D: drive, delete the emulated drive  
file, and remove it from your SunPC.inifile.  
How to Perform a Manual Installation  
To install the Japanese version of Windows XP Professional using the manual  
method, perform the following steps:  
1. Insert the Japanese Windows XP Professional CD into your systems CD-ROM  
drive.  
2. Start the SunPCi software.  
3. Click OK.  
The Create a New Emulated Drive dialog box opens.  
4. In the Select an Operating System pane, select DR DOS 7.01 (Bootable).  
5. Click the radio button to attach the drive as a C: drive.  
6. Move the horizontal slider to make the size of the drive at least 4 Gbytes.  
7. Specify the directory and file name for the drive and click OK.  
SunPCi III software reboots after the disk drive is created.  
8. From the Options menu, select Create a New Emulated Drive.  
The Create a New Emulated Drive dialog box opens.  
9. In the Select an Operating System pane, select DR DOS 7.01 (Bootable).  
10. Click the radio button to attach this drive as the D: drive.  
11. Move the horizontal slider to make the size of the drive at least 4 Gbytes.  
12. Specify the directory and file name for the drive and click OK.  
13. Click OK when you receive a message asking you to shut down Windows and  
reset SunPCi III.  
Chapter 5 Using Windows XP Professional  
45  
   
14. From the File menu, select Reset PC.  
15. Create a file system for the emulated drive as follows:  
To create a FAT file system on the drive, type the following at the C:\>prompt  
and press Return:  
f:\drivers\winxp\setupwxp /td  
To create an NTFS file system for the emulated drive, type the following at the  
C:\>prompt and press Return:  
f:\drivers\winxp\setupwxp /td /NTFS:max  
When the system finishes copying the files, SunPCi III software restarts.  
16. When the Windows XP Professional operating system asks where to install  
Windows, install the software to the C: drive.  
The installation routine continues. Follow the steps displayed on the screen. After  
you finish the installation, you can detach the D: drive, delete the emulated drive  
file, and remove it from your SunPC.inifile.  
Configuring Virtual Ethernet  
Networking for Windows XP  
Professional  
The SunPCi III software comes with physical Ethernet networking enabled by  
default. If you prefer to use virtual networking, you need to disable the physical  
Ethernet adapter in Microsoft Windows and install the virtual Ethernet adapter.  
Note – When more than one SunPCi III card is installed in a system, virtual  
networking is disabled by the SunPCi III software.  
Caution – Do not enable both virtual and physical networking at the same time,  
since unpredictable results and operations can happen.  
46  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
For more information about physical and virtual Ethernet networking, refer to  
“Setting Up Networking With SunPCi III Hardware and Software” on page 33.  
To set up virtual Ethernet networking for Windows XP Professional, follow the steps  
outlined in the next procedure, since this procedure explains how to configure the  
network adapter.  
Note – If you use a static IP address for physical networking and are switching to  
virtual networking, and want to use your static IP address, you must remove your  
static IP address in physical networking. If you do not remove your static IP address  
first, you will receive error messages about conflicting IP addresses.  
How to Add a Virtual Network Adapter  
1. On the Windows XP Professional desktop, right-click My Computer.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The System Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Hardware tab.  
4. Click Device Manager.  
The Device Manager window opens with a list of installed device drivers.  
5. Double-click Network Adapters.  
6. Right-click VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adaptor.  
7. Click Disable.  
A message opens saying that disabling this device will cause it to stop functioning.  
8. Click Yes.  
9. Close the Device Manager window.  
10. Click OK to close the System Properties dialog box.  
This completes the first section of this task. Proceed with the second section to  
complete adding a virtual network adapter.  
1. From the Start menu, choose Control Panel from the Windows XP Professional  
menu.  
2. Double-click Add Hardware.  
The Add Hardware Wizard dialog box opens.  
Chapter 5 Using Windows XP Professional  
47  
   
3. Click Next.  
The Add Hardware Wizard dialog box opens.  
4. Click the Yes, I have already connected the hardware radio button.  
5. Click Next.  
6. Click Add a New Hardware Device.  
7. Click Next.  
8. Click the Install the hardware that I manually select from a list [Advanced] radio  
button.  
A dialog box opens asking what type of hardware you are installing.  
9. Click Next.  
10. Click the Network adapters options.  
11. Click Next.  
The Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard opens.  
12. Click Have Disk.  
13. Click Browse.  
14. Navigate to c:\sun\sunnet\winxp\sunndis.inf.  
The Locate File dialog box opens.  
15. Click Open.  
The Install From Disk dialog box opens.  
16. Click OK.  
The Select Network Adapter dialog box opens.  
17. Click Next.  
A dialog box opens listing the SunNDIS Adapter Driver as the new hardware to  
install.  
18. Click Next.  
19. Click Finish.  
If you are asked to restart the computer, click Yes to complete the configuration.  
To make the virtual adapter function in the network, you need to complete the  
procedure “How to Configure the Network for Windows XP Professional” on  
page 49.  
48  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
How to Configure the Network for Windows XP  
Professional  
After you finish configuring the virtual or the physical network adapter and restart  
Windows XP Professional, you need to configure one of the adapters to use TCP/ IP.  
Log on to Windows XP Professional again and follow the steps in this procedure.  
Caution – Do not activate a virtual and a physical network adapter at the same  
time. Verify that you have disabled the virtual or physical adapter before performing  
the following procedure.  
1. From the Start menu, choose My Network Places.  
The Network Connections window opens. The window contains three icons: Make  
New Connection, Local Area Connection, and Local Area Connection 2.  
Tip – If you attempt this operation several times, you might see more than the initial  
three icons in the window.  
2. Right-click Local Area Connection or Local Area Connection 2.  
Your choice of 2 or not depends on which Ethernet adapter is enabled. The Status  
window opens. A drop-down menu opens.  
3. Click Properties.  
The Local Area Connection Properties window opens.  
4. Double-click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).  
The Internet Protocol (TCP/ IP) Properties window opens.  
5. Set up TCP/IP for your SunPCi III card as described in “How to Set TCP/IP  
Properties” on page 33.  
Refer to your Windows XP Professional documentation if needed.  
6. When you finish setting up TCP/IP, click OK to close the Internet Protocol  
(TCP/IP) Properties dialog box.  
7. Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box.  
8. Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Status dialog box.  
9. Close the Network and Dial-up Connections.  
Chapter 5 Using Windows XP Professional  
49  
   
Note – If you see a dialog box with the message SunNDIS failed to start,  
ignore the message and click OK. This message sometimes appears when DHCP  
networking is disabled.  
How to Reconfigure the Network Adapter for  
Physical Ethernet  
If you need to reactivate the physical network adapter, follow these steps.  
Caution – Do not activate a virtual and a physical network adapter at the same  
time. Verify that you have disabled the virtual adapter before performing the  
following procedure.  
1. On the Windows XP Professional desktop, right-click My Computer.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The System Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Hardware tab.  
4. Click Device Manager.  
The Device Manager window opens, listing the computers installed device drivers.  
5. Click the computer name.  
6. Double-click Network Adapters.  
7. Right-click the SunNDIS Virtual Adapter.  
8. Click Disable.  
A dialog box opens saying that disabling this device causes the adapter to stop  
functioning.  
9. Click Yes.  
10. Right-click the VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adaptor.  
A drop-down menu opens  
11. Choose Enable.  
12. Close the Device Manager window.  
50  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
13. Click OK to close the System Properties dialog box.  
To enable the physical adapter to use TCP/ IP in the network, you need to complete  
the procedure “How to Configure the Network for Windows XP Professional” on  
page 49.  
How to Prepare Windows XP Professional to  
Display External Video  
To use an external monitor, you need to attach the monitor to the SunPCi III main  
card backplate and install the external video driver. The video drivers are now  
automatically installed during the SunPCi III installation.  
Caution – Do not use both system and external monitors at the same time. SunPCi  
software does not support multi-headed operation.  
1. Attach the monitor to the external video port connector on the SunPCi III main  
card backplate.  
Refer to FIGURE 10-1 to find the location of the external video port.  
2. Exit Windows XP and the SunPCi III software.  
3. At the Solaris system prompt, restart the SunPCi III software using the -voption:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -v  
Note – If you do not use the -voption, the Sun display will appear scrambled.  
The SunPCi III software starts, and Windows XP Professional opens first on the  
external monitor, and then on your system monitor in the SunPCi III window.  
4. Attach the mouse by pressing Meta-M.  
You are now ready to configure the Windows XP Professional display as described in  
the following procedure.  
Chapter 5 Using Windows XP Professional  
51  
   
How to Configure Windows XP Professional for  
External Video Use  
For more information about configuring the display in Windows XP Professional,  
refer to your Windows XP Professional documentation.  
1. On the Windows XP Professional desktop, choose right-click.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The Display Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Settings tab.  
Note – There are two displays shown in the window, marked 1 and 2. Video 2 is  
highlighted, showing that it (the system monitor) is the primary display. Video 1 is  
dimmed, indicating that it is not the primary display.  
4. Click Video 1.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes to Default Monitor on S3 Graphics  
ProSavage DDR.  
5. Click the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
6. Click the “Use this device as the primary monitor” check box.  
7. Click Video 2.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes back to Sun Microsystems SunPCi  
Video.  
8. Uncheck the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
The icons representing Video 1 and Video 2 change position, so that Video 1 appears  
first.  
9. Click Apply.  
Your external monitor is now active in Windows XP Professional. Your system  
monitor shows an empty SunPCi window with Videoroutedtoexternal  
monitorin the title bar.  
10. Click OK to close the Display Properties dialog box.  
You can now use external video with Windows XP Professional. Refer to your  
Windows XP Professional documentation for more information.  
52  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
Note – For best performance with Windows XP and an external monitor, attach a  
serial mouse to the serial port on the SunPCi III cards Serial/ Parallel Port Backplate.  
How to Switch External Video Back to the  
System Monitor  
1. On the Windows XP Professional desktop, choose right-click.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The Display Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Settings tab.  
4. Click Video 2.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes to Default Monitor on Sun  
Microsystems on SunPCi video.  
5. Click the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
6. Click the “Use this device as the primary monitor” check box.  
7. Click Video 1.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes back to Sun Microsystems SunPCi  
Video.  
8. Uncheck the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
9. Click Apply.  
Your monitor is now active in Windows XP Professional.  
Chapter 5 Using Windows XP Professional  
53  
   
54  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
CHAPTER  
6
Using Windows 2000 Professional or  
Windows 2000 Server  
“Installing Windows 2000” on page 56  
“Upgrading Windows NT to Windows 2000” on page 58  
on page 60  
“Configuring Virtual Ethernet Networking for Windows 2000” on page 62  
Server” on page 61  
“How to Configure the Network for Windows 2000” on page 65  
“How to Reconfigure the Network Adapter for Physical Ethernet” on page 66  
“How to Prepare Windows 2000 to Display External Video” on page 67  
“How to Configure Windows 2000 for External Video Use” on page 68  
“How to Switch External Video Back to the System Monitor” on page 69  
“How to Configure the MouseKeys Accessibility Option” on page 69  
Throughout this chapter, Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional is referred to as  
Windows 2000 Professional, and Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Edition is referred  
to as Windows 2000 Server. Windows 2000 refers to both operating systems.  
55  
   
Installing Windows 2000  
You install operating system software when you create an emulated drive by  
choosing Create a New Emulated Drive from the SunPCi Options menu. See  
“Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software” on page 12. If you want to perform a  
custom installation using scripts that differ from the standard Microsoft installation  
scripts, see “How to Perform a Custom Installation” on page 56.  
Caution – SunPCi III 3.2.1 does not support simultaneous operation of Windows  
2000 on both the system and external monitors.  
Installation Notes  
Make sure that you have the following media and information available before you  
begin installation:  
Windows 2000 retail installation software CD  
Customized installation scripts, if needed  
The network system name for each SunPCi III card installed in your system  
The workgroup or domain name for your Windows 2000 installation on each  
SunPCi III card installed in your system  
How to Perform a Custom Installation  
Caution – When you specify an operating system to auto-install in the Create a  
New Emulated Drive dialog box, the software automatically finds and copies setup  
files, boot files, system files, and drivers that are appropriate for that operating  
system. The software also launches Windows Setup when SunPCi software reboots.  
scripts.  
1. Create a new emulated hard drive and auto-install the DR DOS 7.01 operating  
system software.  
See “Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software” on page 12. Set options in the Create  
a New Emulated Drive dialog box as follows:  
Select DR DOS 7.01 (Bootable) as the operating system to auto-install.  
56  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
             
Make the drive at least 2 Gbytes in size, which can be expanded later if needed.  
Attach the drive as a C: drive.  
For best performance, create your emulated drives on a local hard disk on your  
Sun system or server.  
The SunPCi III software reboots. The OpenDOS prompt (C:\>) opens.  
2. Install the SunPCi III drivers.  
The default location for the Windows 2000 files is r:\cdrom\cdrom0\i386.  
However, if your Windows 2000 files reside at a location other than the default one,  
you need to use the /s:switch to specify where the files are located. For example, if  
your Windows 2000 disk image is located in your Solaris directory at  
/export/home/win2k, you would access it from the R: drive in OpenDOS.  
Note – Copy all the contents of the installation CD files to the win2kfolder before  
starting the installation.  
Type the following command all on one line:  
C:\> f:\drivers\win2k\setupw2k /s:r:\export\home\win2k\i386  
The setup process takes a few minutes to complete.  
When the setupw2kscript finishes copying the Windows 2000 files to your C: drive,  
it reboots the SunPCi III software. The Windows 2000 Setup screen opens. When  
Windows 2000 Setup has finished copying files, it reboots the SunPCi III software  
again.  
Tip – The SunPCi III messages are for the Windows 2000 Professional setup. The  
Windows 2000 Server messages differ slightly.  
3. After the SunPCi III software reboots from the Windows 2000 window, choose  
Attach Mouse from the Options menu or press Meta-M to attach the mouse.  
This enables the mouse to work with Windows 2000 during the installation process.  
Once the installation is complete, the proper mouse drivers are installed and you no  
longer need to attach the mouse manually.  
4. Change directory to the location for your customized installation scripts.  
5. Complete the installation using your customized installation scripts.  
Chapter 6 Using Windows 2000 Professional or Windows 2000 Server  
57  
Upgrading Windows NT to Windows  
2000  
Windows NT to a supported operating systems in SunPCi III 3.2.1.  
In SunPCi III 3.2.1 software, you can upgrade the emulated disk drive images. To  
upgrade an existing C: drive, perform one of the following upgrades:  
“How to Upgrade Windows NT4 WS to Windows 2000 Professional” on page 59  
“How to Upgrade Windows NT4 Server or Windows NT4 TS to Windows 2000  
Server” on page 61  
Caution – Before upgrading to a supported operating system, you must update  
your Intel drivers. Refer to “Updating Intel and Linux Drivers” on page 115 for  
additional information.  
Upgrade Notes  
Make sure that you have the following before you start an upgrade to Windows  
2000:  
The retail Windows 2000 Professional CD or Windows 2000 Server installation  
CD. The installation will not work without the retail installation CD in your  
CD-ROM drive.  
At least 2 Gbytes of available free space on your emulated C: drive.  
Tip – Before you perform the upgrade, make a backup copy of your existing  
C: emulated drive file and disable any anti-virus software.  
58  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
Upgrading Windows NT4 WS to Windows 2000  
Professional  
Caution – The setup and configuration procedures for the SunPCi III program  
involve some steps that differ from the Microsoft upgrade steps. Do not use the  
standard Microsoft upgrade procedure provided on the Windows 2000 Professional  
CD or the installation will fail and your emulated C: drive can become corrupted.  
Before You Begin the Upgrade  
Caution – If you are using an external CD-RW drive with Windows NT4 WS,  
uninstall the device. The upgrade to Windows 2000 Professional will fail unless the  
device is removed and its software uninstalled. Reinstall the device after the  
upgrade.  
Caution – Before starting to upgrade Windows NT4 WS to Windows 2000  
Professional, you must update your Intel drivers. Refer to “Updating Intel and Linux  
Drivers” on page 115 for additional information.  
How to Upgrade Windows NT4 WS to Windows  
2000 Professional  
1. Insert the Windows 2000 Professional CD into your systems CD-ROM drive.  
2. Click the Start button, and choose Programs and Windows Explorer.  
The Windows Explorer window opens.  
3. Using the Windows Explorer window, find the following path:  
C:\sun\w2kupg\upgrade.bat  
Note – If you cannot find this directory on your C: drive, either you have installed  
the wrong version of the SunPCi III software, or you did not update your SunPCi III  
drivers.  
Chapter 6 Using Windows 2000 Professional or Windows 2000 Server  
59  
         
4. Double-click upgrade.bat.  
The upgrade process continues. This program automatically maps a network drive  
for its own use. If you do not have a network drive letter available in Windows  
Explorer, the process fails.  
5. Follow the prompts on the window and enter the information that Microsoft  
Windows requests.  
For example, enter the CD key on the back of your CD case and your administrator s  
password when prompted.  
When you are finished entering all the information, the SunPCi III software reboots  
into Windows 2000 Professional.  
Tip – This step can take several minutes to complete.  
6. Install the Service Pack.  
To complete the process, you need to install the appropriate Service Pack. See  
“Microsoft Windows Service Packs” on page 20.  
Upgrading Windows NT4 Server or Windows  
NT4 TS to Windows 2000 Server  
Caution – The setup and configuration procedures for the SunPCi III program  
standard Microsoft upgrade procedure provided on the Windows 2000 Server CD or  
the installation will fail and your emulated C: drive can become corrupted.  
Caution – Before upgrading to Windows 2000 Server, you must update your Intel  
drivers. Refer to “Updating Intel and Linux Drivers” on page 115 for additional  
information.  
Before You Begin the Upgrade  
Before starting to upgrade Windows NT4 Server or Windows NT4 TS to Windows  
2000 Server, follow these steps:  
60  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
         
1. Log off all clients and other processes from the server before upgrading Microsoft  
Windows and before enabling SunFSD mapping in Microsoft Windows.  
Enabling SunFSD mapping enables it for all current users, creating a potential breach  
in security, so caution must be employed.  
2. Double-click the fsdon.regRegistry file located at:  
C:\sun\sunfsd\fsdon.reg  
Caution – This enables SunFSD. Leave SunFSD enabled until after the upgrade to  
Windows 2000 Server and then disable.  
How to Upgrade Windows NT4 Server or  
Windows NT4 TS to Windows 2000 Server  
Caution – The setup and configuration procedures for the SunPCi III program  
involve some steps that differ from the Microsoft upgrade steps. Do not use the  
standard Microsoft upgrade procedure provided on the Windows 2000 Server CD or  
the installation will fail, your Windows 2000 Server emulated disk will not run with  
SunPCi III, and your emulated C: drive can become corrupted.  
1. Insert the Windows 2000 Server CD into your systems CD-ROM drive.  
2. Click Start, and choose Programs and Windows Explorer.  
The Windows Explorer window opens.  
3. Using the Windows Explorer window, find the following path:  
C:\sun\w2kupg\upgrade.bat  
Note – If you cannot find this directory on your C: drive, either you have installed  
the wrong version of the SunPCi III software, or you did not update your SunPCi III  
drivers.  
Chapter 6 Using Windows 2000 Professional or Windows 2000 Server  
61  
 
4. Double-click upgrade.bat.  
The upgrade process continues. This program automatically maps a network drive  
for its own use. If you do not have a network drive letter available in Windows  
Explorer, the process fails.  
5. Follow the prompts on the window and enter the information that Microsoft  
Windows requests.  
For example, enter the CD key on the back of your CD case and your administrator s  
password when prompted.  
When you are finished entering all the information, the SunPCi III software reboots  
again into Windows 2000 Server.  
Tip – This step can take several minutes to complete.  
6. Install the Service Pack.  
To complete the process, you need to install the appropriate Service Pack. See  
“Microsoft Windows Service Packs” on page 20.  
Configuring Virtual Ethernet  
Networking for Windows 2000  
The SunPCi III software comes with physical Ethernet networking enabled by  
default. If you prefer to use virtual networking instead of physical networking, you  
need to disable the physical Ethernet adapter in Microsoft Windows and install the  
virtual Ethernet adapter.  
Note – When more than one SunPCi III card is installed in a system, virtual  
networking is disabled by the SunPCi III software.  
Caution – Do not enable both virtual and physical networking at the same time,  
since unpredictable results and operations can happen.  
For more information about physical and virtual Ethernet networking, refer to  
“Setting Up Networking With SunPCi III Hardware and Software” on page 33.  
62  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Note – Microsoft Windows provides several different ways to install software.  
Follow the instructions in this section, even if you have installed Microsoft Windows  
software previously. The SunPCi III 3.2.1 software does not support other methods  
of installation.  
To set up virtual Ethernet networking for Windows 2000, follow the steps outlined in  
the following procedure, since this procedure explains how to configure the network  
adapter.  
Note – If you use a static IP address for physical networking and are switching to  
virtual networking, and want to use your static IP address, you must remove your  
static IP address in physical networking. If you do not remove your static IP address  
first, you will receive error messages about conflicting IP addresses.  
How to Add a Virtual Network Adapter  
1. On the Windows 2000 desktop, right-click My Computer.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The System Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Hardware tab.  
4. Click Device Manager.  
The Device Manager window opens with a list of installed device drivers.  
5. Double-click Network Adapters.  
6. Right-click VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adapter.  
7. Click Disable.  
A message opens saying that disabling this device will cause it to stop functioning.  
8. Click Yes.  
9. Close the Device Manager window.  
10. Click OK to close the System Properties dialog box.  
This completes the first section of this task. Proceed with the second section to  
complete adding a virtual network adapter.  
1. From the Start menu, choose Settings, and then choose Control Panel.  
Chapter 6 Using Windows 2000 Professional or Windows 2000 Server  
63  
   
2. Double-click Add/Remove Hardware.  
The Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard dialog box opens.  
3. Click Next.  
4. Click the “Add/Troubleshoot a device” radio button.  
5. Click Next.  
Microsoft Windows searches for new hardware devices. The Add/ Remove  
Hardware Wizard - Choose a Hardware dialog box opens.  
6. Click the Add a New Device option.  
7. Click Next.  
The Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard - Find New Hardware dialog box opens.  
8. Click the No, I want to choose the Hardware from a list radio button.  
9. Click Next.  
The Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard - Hardware Types dialog box opens.  
10. Click the Network adapters options.  
11. Click Next.  
The Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard - Select Network Adapter dialog box opens.  
12. Click Have Disk.  
13. Click Browse.  
14. Navigate to c:\sun\sunnet\win2k\sunndis.inf.  
The Locate File dialog box opens.  
15. Click Open.  
The Install From Disk dialog box opens.  
16. Click OK.  
The Select Network Adapter dialog box opens.  
17. Click Next (at the Select Network Adaptor dialog box).  
The Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard - Start Hardware Installation dialog box opens.  
18. Click Next.  
The Completing the Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard dialog box opens saying  
hardware installed.  
19. Click Finish.  
If you are asked to restart the computer, choose Yes to complete the configuration.  
64  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
To make the virtual adapter function in the network, you need to complete the  
procedure in “How to Configure the Network for Windows 2000” on page 65.  
How to Configure the Network for Windows  
2000  
After you finish configuring the virtual or the physical network adapter and restart  
Windows 2000, you need to configure one of the adapters to use TCP/ IP. Log in to  
Windows 2000 again and follow the steps in this procedure.  
Caution – Do not activate a virtual and a physical network adapter at the same  
time. Verify that you have disabled the virtual or physical adapter before performing  
the following procedure.  
1. From the Start menu, choose Settings, and then choose Network and Dial-up  
Connections.  
The Network and Dial-up Connections window opens. The window contains three  
icons: Make New Connection, Local Area Connection, and Local Area Connection 2.  
Tip – If you attempt this operation several times, you might see more than the initial  
three icons in the window.  
2. Right-click Local Area Connection or Local Area Connection 2.  
Your choice of 2 or not depends on which Ethernet adapter is enabled. The Status  
window opens. A drop-down menu opens.  
3. Click Properties.  
The Local Area Connection Properties window opens.  
4. Double-click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).  
The Internet Protocol (TCP/ IP) Properties window opens.  
5. Set up TCP/IP for your SunPCi III card as described in “How to Set TCP/IP  
Properties” on page 33.  
Refer to your Windows 2000 documentation if needed.  
6. When you finish setting up TCP/IP, click OK to close the Internet Protocol  
(TCP/IP) Properties dialog box.  
7. Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box.  
8. Close the Network and Dial-up Connections dialog box.  
Chapter 6 Using Windows 2000 Professional or Windows 2000 Server  
65  
   
Note – If you see a dialog box with the message Sunndis failed to start,  
ignore the message and click OK. This message sometimes appears when DHCP  
networking is disabled.  
How to Reconfigure the Network Adapter for  
Physical Ethernet  
If you need to reactivate the physical network adapter, follow these steps.  
Caution – Do not activate a virtual and a physical network adapter at the same  
time. Verify that you have disabled the virtual adapter before performing the  
following procedure.  
1. On the Windows 2000 desktop, right-click My Computer.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The System Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Hardware tab.  
4. Click Device Manager.  
The Device Manager window opens, listing the computers installed device drivers.  
5. Click the computer name.  
6. Double-click Network Adapters.  
7. Right-click the SunNDIS Virtual Adapter.  
8. Click Disable.  
A dialog box opens saying that disabling this device causes the adapter to stop  
functioning.  
9. Click Yes.  
10. Right-click the VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adapter.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
11. Choose Enable.  
12. Close the Device Manager window.  
66  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
13. Click OK to close the System Properties dialog box.  
To enable the physical adapter to use TCP/ IP in the network, you need to complete  
the procedure “How to Configure the Network for Windows 2000” on page 65.  
How to Prepare Windows 2000 to Display  
External Video  
To use an external monitor, you need to attach the monitor to the SunPCi III main  
card backplate and install the external video driver. The video drivers are now  
automatically installed during the SunPCi III installation.  
Caution – Do not use both system and external monitors at the same time. SunPCi  
software does not support multi-headed operation.  
To complete this configuration, perform the following procedures:  
1. Attach the monitor to the external video port connector on the SunPCi III main  
card backplate.  
Refer to FIGURE 10-1 to find the location of the external video port.  
2. Close Windows 2000 and the SunPCi III software.  
3. At the Solaris system prompt, restart the SunPCi III software using the -voption:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -v  
Note – If you do not use the -voption, the Sun display will appear scrambled.  
The SunPCi III software starts, and Windows 2000 opens first on the external  
monitor, and then on your system monitor in the SunPCi III window.  
4. Attach the mouse by pressing Meta-M.  
You are now ready to configure the Windows 2000 display as described in the  
following procedure.  
Chapter 6 Using Windows 2000 Professional or Windows 2000 Server  
67  
     
How to Configure Windows 2000 for External  
Video Use  
For more information about configuring the display in Windows 2000, refer to your  
Windows 2000 documentation.  
1. On the Windows 2000 desktop, choose right-click.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The Display Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Settings tab.  
Note – There are two displays shown in the window, marked 1 and 2. Video 2 is  
highlighted, showing that it (the system monitor) is the primary display. Video 1 is  
dimmed, indicating that it is not the primary display.  
4. Click Video 1.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes to Default Monitor on S3 Graphics  
ProSavage DDR.  
5. Click the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
6. Click the “Use this device as the primary monitor” check box.  
7. Click Video 2.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes back to Sun Microsystems SunPCi  
Video.  
8. Uncheck the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
The icons representing Video 1 and Video 2 change positions, so that Video 1  
appears first.  
9. Click Apply.  
Your external monitor is now active in Windows 2000. Your system monitor shows  
an empty SunPCi window with Videoroutedtoexternalmonitorin the  
title bar.  
10. Click OK to close the Display Properties dialog box.  
You can now use external video with Windows 2000. Refer to your Windows 2000  
documentation for more information.  
68  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
Note – For best performance with Windows 2000 and an external monitor, attach a  
serial mouse to the serial port on the SunPCi III cards Serial/ Parallel Port Backplate.  
How to Switch External Video Back to the  
System Monitor  
1. On the Windows 2000 desktop, choose right-click.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The Display Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Settings tab.  
4. Click Video 2.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes to Default Monitor on Sun  
Microsystems on SunPCi video.  
5. Click the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
6. Click the “Use this device as the primary monitor” check box.  
7. Click Video 1.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes back to Sun Microsystems SunPCi  
Video.  
8. Uncheck the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
9. Click Apply.  
Your monitor is now active in Windows 2000.  
How to Configure the MouseKeys Accessibility  
Option  
To use MouseKeys on the system monitor in Windows 2000 Professional, do the  
following:  
1. Click Start and choose Settings and Control Panel from the Windows 2000  
Professional menu.  
The Control Panel window opens.  
Chapter 6 Using Windows 2000 Professional or Windows 2000 Server  
69  
       
2. Double-click the Display icon.  
3. Click the Settings tab.  
4. Choose the “True Color (24-bit) option in the Colors” group box.  
5. Click OK to close the Display Properties dialog box.  
6. Double-click the Mouse icon.  
7. Click the Pointers tab.  
8. Click the “Enable pointer shadow” check box.  
Note – This step is only required when 24-bit color is displayed.  
9. Click OK to close the Mouse Properties dialog box.  
10. Double-click the Accessibility Options icon.  
11. Click the Mouse tab.  
12. Click the “Use MouseKeys” check box.  
13. Click OK to close the Accessibility Options dialog box.  
14. Close the Control Panel.  
15. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the cursor on the display.  
Accessibility options cannot be enabled in any other supported Microsoft Windows  
operating system on the system monitor. Accessibility options might be available on  
Sun systems. Consult your sales representative for more information.  
MouseKeys in any supported Microsoft Windows operating system are enabled on  
an external monitor and a serial mouse. Enable MouseKeys in the Accessibility  
Options dialog box from the Control Panel for the particular Microsoft Windows  
operating system.  
Note – You must enable the True Color (24-bit) option in the Colors group box in  
the Settings tab for the “Enable pointer shadow” check box to be viewable in the  
Pointers tab.  
70  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
CHAPTER  
7
Using Windows Server 2003  
This chapter describes how to install and configure Microsoft Windows Server 2003  
emulated drive to Windows Server 2003. SunPCi III 3.2.1 currently supports the  
This chapter includes the following topics:  
“Upgrading Windows 2000 Server or Windows NT to Windows Server 2003” on  
page 74  
on page 76  
“Configuring Virtual Ethernet Networking for Windows Server 2003” on page 78  
“How to Add a Virtual Network Adapter” on page 79  
“How to Configure the Network for Windows Server 2003” on page 81  
“How to Reconfigure the Network Adapter for Physical Ethernet” on page 82  
“How to Prepare Windows Server 2003 to Display External Video” on page 83  
“How to Configure Windows Server 2003 for External Video Use” on page 83  
“How to Switch External Video Back to the System Monitor” on page 84  
71  
   
You install operating system software when you create an emulated drive by  
choosing Create a New Emulated Drive from the SunPCi Options menu. See  
“Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software” on page 12. If you want to perform a  
custom installation using scripts that differ from the standard Microsoft installation  
scripts, see “How to Perform a Custom Installation” on page 72.  
Caution – SunPCi III 3.2.1 does not support simultaneous operation of Windows  
Server 2003 on both the system and external monitors.  
Installation Notes  
Make sure that you have the following media and information available before you  
begin installation:  
Windows Server 2003 retail installation software CD  
Customized installation scripts, if needed  
The network system name for each SunPCi III card installed in your system  
The workgroup or domain name for your Windows Server 2003 installation on  
each SunPCi III card installed in your system  
How to Perform a Custom Installation  
Caution – When you specify an operating system to auto-install in the Create a  
New Emulated Drive dialog box, the software automatically finds and copies setup  
files, boot files, system files, and drivers that are appropriate for that operating  
system. The software also launches Windows Setup when SunPCi software reboots.  
scripts.  
1. Create a new emulated hard drive and auto-install the DR DOS 7.01 operating  
system software.  
See “Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software” on page 12. Set options in the Create  
a New Emulated Drive dialog box as follows:  
Select DR DOS 7.01 (Bootable) as the operating system to auto-install.  
72  
SunPCi III 3.2.1Users Guide March 2004  
             
Make the drive at least 2 Gbytes in size, which can be expanded later if needed.  
Attach the drive as a C: drive.  
For best performance, create your emulated drives on a local hard disk on your  
Sun system or server.  
The SunPCi III software reboots. The OpenDOS prompt (C:\>) opens.  
2. Install the SunPCi III drivers.  
The default location for the Windows Server 2003 files is r:\cdrom\cdrom0\i386.  
However, if your Windows Server 2003 files reside at a location other than the  
default one, you need to use the /s:switch to specify where the files are located.  
For example, if your Windows Server 2003 disk image is located in your Solaris  
directory at /export/home/2003, you would access it from the R: drive in  
OpenDOS.  
Note – Copy all the contents of the installation CD files to the 2003folder before  
starting the installation.  
Type the following command all on one line:  
C:\> f:\drivers\winnet\setupnet /s:r:\export\home\winnet\i386  
The setup process takes a few minutes to complete.  
When the setupnetscript finishes copying the Windows Server 2003 files to your  
C: drive, it reboots the SunPCi III software. The Windows Server 2003 Setup screen  
opens. When Windows Server 2003 Setup has finished copying files, it reboots the  
SunPCi III software again.  
Note – Your mouse may not be active during installation process. Use the Tab key  
and the arrow keys to navigate the Windows Server 2003 Setup screens.  
3. After the SunPCi III software reboots from the Windows Server 2003 window,  
choose Attach Mouse from the Options menu or press Meta-M to attach the  
mouse.  
This enables the mouse to work with Windows Server 2003 during the installation  
process. Once the process is completed, the proper mouse drivers are installed and  
you no longer need to attach the mouse manually.  
4. Change directory to the location for your customized installation scripts.  
5. Complete the installation using your customized installation scripts.  
Chapter 7 Using Windows Server 2003  
73  
Upgrading Windows 2000 Server or  
Windows NT to Windows Server 2003  
Windows NT to a supported operating systems in SunPCi III 3.2.1.  
In SunPCi III 3.2.1 software, you can upgrade the emulated disk drive images. To  
upgrade an existing C: drive, perform one of the following upgrades:  
“How to Upgrade Windows 2000 Server to Windows Server 2003” on page 75  
“How to Upgrade Windows NT4 Server or Windows NT4 TS to Windows Server  
2003” on page 77  
Caution – Before upgrading to a supported operating system, you must update  
your Intel drivers. Refer to “Updating Intel and Linux Drivers” on page 115 for  
additional information.  
Upgrade Notes  
Make sure that you have the following media and disk drive space available before  
you start an upgrade to Windows Server 2003:  
The Windows Server 2003 retail software installation CD; the installation will not  
work without the CD in your CD-ROM drive  
At least 2 Gbytes of available space on your emulated C: drive  
Tip – Before you perform the upgrade, make a backup copy of your existing  
C: emulated drive file and disable any anti-virus software.  
74  
SunPCi III 3.2.1Users Guide March 2004  
     
Upgrading Windows 2000 Server to Windows  
Server 2003  
Caution – The setup and configuration procedures for the SunPCi III software  
involve some steps that differ from the Microsoft upgrade steps. Do not use the  
standard Microsoft upgrade procedure provided on the Windows Server 2003 CD or  
the installation will fail and your emulated C: drive can become corrupted.  
Before You Begin the Upgrade  
Caution – Before upgrading to a supported operating system, you must update  
your Intel drivers. Refer to “Updating Intel and Linux Drivers” on page 115 for  
additional information.  
Before starting to upgrade Windows 2000 Server to Windows Server 2003, follow  
these steps:  
1. Log off all clients and other processes from the server before upgrading Microsoft  
Windows and before enabling SunFSD mapping in Microsoft Windows.  
Enabling SunFSD mapping enables it for all current users, creating a potential breach  
in security, so caution must be employed.  
2. Double-click the fsdon.regRegistry file located at:  
C:\sun\sunfsd\fsdon.reg  
Caution – This enables SunFSD. Leave SunFSD enabled until after the upgrade to  
Windows Server 2003 and then disable.  
How to Upgrade Windows 2000 Server to  
Windows Server 2003  
1. Insert the Windows Server 2003 CD into your systems CD-ROM drive.  
Chapter 7 Using Windows Server 2003  
75  
       
2. From the Start menu, choose Programs, and then choose Windows Explorer.  
The Windows Explorer window opens.  
3. In Windows Explorer, navigate to the following path:  
C:\sun\wnetupg\upgrade.bat  
Note – If you cannot find this directory on your C: drive, either you have installed  
the wrong version of the SunPCi III software, or you did not update your drivers.  
4. Double-click upgrade.bat.  
The upgrade process continues. This program automatically maps a network drive  
for its own use. If you do not have a network drive letter available in Windows  
Explorer, the process fails.  
5. Follow the prompts on the window and enter the information that Microsoft  
Windows requests.  
For example, enter the CD key on the back of your CD case and your administrator s  
password when prompted.  
When you are finished entering all the information, the SunPCi III software reboots  
again into Windows Server 2003.  
Tip – This step can take several minutes to complete.  
Upgrading Windows NT4 Server or Windows  
NT4 TS to Windows Server 2003  
Caution – The setup and configuration procedures for the SunPCi III software  
involve some steps that differ from the Microsoft upgrade steps. Do not use the  
standard Microsoft upgrade procedure provided on the Windows Server 2003 CD or  
the installation will fail and your emulated C: drive can become corrupted.  
76  
SunPCi III 3.2.1Users Guide March 2004  
   
Before You Begin the Upgrade  
Caution – Before upgrading to a supported operating system, you must update  
your Intel drivers. Refer to “Updating Intel and Linux Drivers” on page 115 for  
additional information.  
Before starting to upgrade Windows NT4 Server to Windows Server 2003, follow  
these steps:  
1. Log off all clients and other processes from the server before upgrading Microsoft  
Windows and before enabling SunFSD mapping in Microsoft Windows.  
Enabling SunFSD mapping enables it for all current users, creating a potential breach  
in security, so caution must be employed.  
2. Double-click the fsdon.regRegistry file located at:  
C:\sun\sunfsd\fsdon.reg  
Caution – This enables SunFSD. Leave SunFSD enabled until after the upgrade to  
Windows Server 2003 and then disable.  
How to Upgrade Windows NT4 Server or  
Windows NT4 TS to Windows Server 2003  
1. Insert the Windows Server 2003 CD into your systems CD-ROM drive.  
2. From the Start menu, choose Programs, and then choose Windows Explorer.  
The Windows Explorer window opens.  
3. In Windows Explorer, navigate to the following path:  
C:\sun\wnetupg\upgrade.bat  
Note – If you cannot find this directory on your C: drive, either you have installed  
the wrong version of the SunPCi III software, or you did not update your drivers.  
Chapter 7 Using Windows Server 2003  
77  
   
4. Double-click upgrade.bat.  
The upgrade process continues. This program automatically maps a network drive  
for its own use. If you do not have a network drive letter available in Windows  
Explorer, the process fails.  
5. Follow the prompts on the window and enter the information that Microsoft  
Windows requests.  
For example, enter the CD key on the back of your CD case and your administrator s  
password when prompted.  
When you are finished entering all the information, the SunPCi III software reboots  
again into Windows Server 2003.  
Tip – This step can take several minutes to complete.  
Configuring Virtual Ethernet  
Networking for Windows Server 2003  
The SunPCi III software comes with physical Ethernet networking enabled by  
default. If you prefer to use virtual networking instead of physical networking, you  
need to disable the physical Ethernet adapter in Microsoft Windows and install the  
virtual Ethernet adapter.  
Note – When more than one SunPCi III card is installed in a system, virtual  
networking is disabled by the SunPCi III software.  
Caution – Do not enable both virtual and physical networking at the same time,  
since unpredictable results and operations can happen.  
For more information about physical and virtual Ethernet networking, refer to  
“Setting Up Networking With SunPCi III Hardware and Software” on page 33.  
To set up virtual Ethernet networking for Windows Server 2003, follow the steps  
outlined in the following procedure.  
78  
SunPCi III 3.2.1Users Guide March 2004  
     
Note – If you use a static IP address for physical networking and are switching to  
virtual networking, and want to use your static IP address, you must remove your  
static IP address in physical networking. If you do not remove your static IP address  
first, you will receive error messages about conflicting IP addresses.  
How to Add a Virtual Network Adapter  
1. On the Windows Server 2003 desktop, right-click My Computer.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The System Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Hardware tab.  
4. Click Device Manager.  
The Device Manager window opens with a list of installed device drivers.  
5. Double-click Network Adapters.  
6. Right-click VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adaptor.  
7. Click Disable.  
A message opens saying that disabling this device will cause it to stop functioning.  
8. Click Yes.  
9. Close the Device Manager window.  
10. Click OK to close the System Properties dialog box.  
This completes the first section of this task. Proceed with the second section to  
complete adding a virtual network adapter.  
1. Click Start and choose Settings and Control Panel from the Windows Server 2003  
menu.  
2. Double-click Add Hardware.  
The Add Hardware Wizard dialog box opens.  
Note – Click “Switch to Classic View” under the Control Panel heading in the upper  
left side of the Control Panel window and the traditional Control Panel window  
opens.  
Chapter 7 Using Windows Server 2003  
79  
   
3. Click Next.  
4. Click the “Add/Troubleshoot a device” radio button.  
5. Click Next.  
Microsoft Windows searches for new hardware devices. The Add/ Remove  
Hardware Wizard - Choose a Hardware dialog box opens.  
6. Click the Add a New Device option.  
7. Click Next.  
The Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard - Find New Hardware dialog box opens.  
8. Click the No, I want to choose the Hardware from a list radio button.  
9. Click Next.  
The Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard - Hardware Types dialog box opens.  
10. Click the Network adapters options.  
11. Click Next.  
The Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard - Select Network Adapter dialog box opens.  
12. Click Have Disk.  
13. Click Browse.  
14. Navigate to c:\sun\sunnet\winnet\sunndis.inf.  
The Locate File dialog box opens.  
15. Click Open.  
The Install From Disk dialog box opens.  
16. Click OK.  
The Select Network Adapter dialog box opens.  
17. Click Next (at the Select Network Adaptor dialog box).  
The Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard - Start Hardware Installation dialog box opens.  
18. Click Next.  
The Completing the Add/ Remove Hardware Wizard dialog box opens saying  
hardware installed.  
19. Click Finish.  
If you are asked to restart the computer, choose Yes to complete the configuration.  
To make the virtual adapter function in the network, you need to complete the  
procedure in “How to Configure the Network for Windows Server 2003” on page 81.  
80  
SunPCi III 3.2.1Users Guide March 2004  
How to Configure the Network for Windows  
Server 2003  
After you finish configuring the virtual or the physical network adapter and restart  
Windows Server 2003, you need to configure one of the adapters to use TCP/ IP. Log  
in to Windows Server 2003 again and follow the steps in this procedure.  
Caution – Do not activate a virtual and a physical network adapter at the same  
time. Verify that you have disabled the virtual or physical adapter before performing  
the following procedure.  
1. From the Start menu, choose Settings, and then choose Network Connections.  
The Network Connections window opens. The window contains three icons: Make  
New Connection, Local Area Connection, and Local Area Connection 2.  
Tip – If you attempt this operation several times, you might see more than the initial  
three icons in the window.  
2. Right-click Local Area Connection or Local Area Connection 2.  
Your choice of 2 or not depends on which Ethernet adapter is enabled. The Status  
window opens. A drop-down menu opens.  
3. Click Properties.  
The Local Area Connection Properties window opens.  
4. Double-click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).  
The Internet Protocol (TCP/ IP) Properties window opens.  
5. Set up TCP/IP for your SunPCi III card as described in “How to Set TCP/IP  
Properties” on page 33.  
Refer to your Windows Server 2003 documentation if needed.  
6. When you finish setting up TCP/IP, click OK to close the Internet Protocol  
(TCP/IP) Properties dialog box.  
7. Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box.  
8. Close the Network Connections window.  
Note – If you see a dialog box with the message Sunndis failed to start,  
ignore the message and click OK. This message sometimes appears when DHCP  
networking is disabled.  
Chapter 7 Using Windows Server 2003  
81  
   
How to Reconfigure the Network Adapter for  
Physical Ethernet  
If you need to reactivate the physical network adapter, follow these steps.  
Caution – Do not activate a virtual and a physical network adapter at the same  
time. Verify that you have disabled the virtual adapter before performing the  
following procedure.  
1. On the Windows Server 2003 desktop, right-click My Computer.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The System Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Hardware tab.  
4. Click Device Manager.  
The Device Manager window opens, listing the computers installed device drivers.  
5. Click the computer name.  
6. Double-click Network Adapters.  
7. Right-click the SunNDIS Virtual Adapter.  
8. Click Disable.  
A dialog box opens saying that disabling this device causes the adapter to stop  
functioning.  
9. Click Yes.  
10. Right-click the VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adaptor.  
A drop-down menu opens  
11. Choose Enable.  
12. Close the Device Manager window  
13. Click OK to close the System Properties dialog box.  
To enable the physical adapter to use TCP/ IP in the network, you need to complete  
the procedure “How to Configure the Network for Windows Server 2003” on  
page 81.  
82  
SunPCi III 3.2.1Users Guide March 2004  
   
How to Prepare Windows Server 2003 to Display  
External Video  
To use an external monitor, you need to attach the monitor to the SunPCi III main  
card backplate and install the external video driver.  
Caution – Do not use both system and external monitors at the same time. SunPCi  
III 3.2.1 software does not support multi-headed operation.  
1. Attach the monitor to the external video port connector on the SunPCi III main  
card backplate.  
Refer to FIGURE 10-1 to find the location of the external video port.  
2. Close Windows Server 2003 and the SunPCi III software.  
3. At the Solaris system prompt, restart the SunPCi III software using the -voption:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -v  
Note – If you do not use the -voption, the Sun display will appear scrambled.  
The SunPCi III software starts, and Windows Server 2003 opens first on the external  
monitor, and then on your system monitor in the SunPCi III window.  
4. Attach the mouse by pressing Meta-M.  
You are now ready to configure the Windows Server 2003 display as described in the  
following procedure.  
How to Configure Windows Server 2003 for  
External Video Use  
For more information about configuring the display in Windows Server 2003, refer to  
your Windows Server 2003 documentation.  
1. On the Windows Server 2003 desktop, choose right-click.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The Display Properties dialog box opens.  
Chapter 7 Using Windows Server 2003  
83  
         
3. Click the Settings tab.  
Note – There are two displays shown in the window, marked 1 and 2. Video 2 is  
highlighted, showing that it (the system monitor) is the primary display. Video 1 is  
dimmed, indicating that it is not the primary display.  
4. Click Video 1.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes to Default Monitor on S3 Graphics  
ProSavage DDR.  
5. Click the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
6. Click the “Use this device as the primary monitor” check box.  
7. Click Video 2.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes back to Sun Microsystems SunPCi  
Video.  
8. Uncheck the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
The icons representing Video 1 and Video 2 change positions, so that Video 1  
appears first.  
9. Click Apply.  
Your external monitor is now active in Windows Server 2003. Your system monitor  
shows an empty SunPCi window with Videoroutedtoexternalmonitorin the  
title bar.  
10. Click OK to close the Display Properties dialog box.  
You can now use external video with Windows Server 2003. Refer to your Windows  
Server 2003 documentation for more information.  
Note – For best performance with Windows Server 2003 and an external monitor,  
attach a serial mouse to the serial port on the SunPCi III cards Serial/ Parallel Port  
Backplate.  
How to Switch External Video Back to the  
System Monitor  
1. On the Windows Server 2003 desktop, choose right-click.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
84  
SunPCi III 3.2.1Users Guide March 2004  
   
2. Choose Properties.  
The Display Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Settings tab.  
4. Click Video 2.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes to Default Monitor on Sun  
Microsystems on SunPCi video.  
5. Click the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
6. Click the “Use this device as the primary monitor” check box.  
7. Click Video 1.  
The driver listed underneath the video changes back to Sun Microsystems SunPCi  
Video.  
8. Uncheck the “Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor” check box.  
9. Click Apply.  
Your monitor is now active in Windows Server 2003.  
Chapter 7 Using Windows Server 2003  
85  
86  
SunPCi III 3.2.1Users Guide March 2004  
CHAPTER  
8
Using Red Hat Linux  
This chapter describes how to install and configure the Red Hat Linux 9 and Red  
Hat Linux Enterprise 3 operating systems on your SunPCi III system.  
This chapter includes instructions for completing the following tasks:  
“How to Install Red Hat Linux” on page 88  
“How to Configure Networking for Linux” on page 90  
“How to Reconfigure Networking For Linux” on page 91  
“How to Prepare Linux to Display External Video” on page 91  
“How to Switch External Video Back to the System Monitor” on page 92  
For more information about Linux and general installation information, go to the  
following Web site:  
http://www.redhat.com/docs  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 currently only supports the following versions of Red Hat Linux 9:  
Red Hat Linux 9 Personal and Professional edition (Kernel 2.4.20-6)  
Red Hat Linux 9 Download Edition (Kernel 2.4.20-8)  
Red Hat Linux Enterprise 3 ES (Kernel 2.4.21-4EL)  
Red Hat Linux Enterprise 3 WS (Kernel 2.4.21-4EL)  
Note – Only the Linux listed above work with SunPCi III 3.2.1.  
Caution – The SunPCi III software comes with physical Ethernet networking  
enabled by default. You must use physical networking with Linux since Linux does  
not support virtual networking. You must configure physical Ethernet during  
installation or the Linux graphical user interface will not be available.  
87  
   
Installing Red Hat Linux  
You install the Linux operating system when you create an emulated drive by  
choosing Create a New Emulated Drive from the SunPCi Options menu. See  
“Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software” on page 12.  
Installation Notes  
Make sure that you have the following media and information available before you  
begin installation:  
Red Hat Linux software, in one of the following formats:  
Red Hat Linux 9 download version or retail installation CDs  
Red Hat Linux Enterprise 3 retail installation CDs  
Network identification information  
Caution – You must configure your network when prompted during Linux  
installation or the Linux graphical user interface will not work in Linux after the  
installation and you will be required to use a text-based Linux.  
How to Install Red Hat Linux  
Tip – When you specify an operating system to auto-install in the Create a New  
boot files, system files, and drivers that are appropriate for that operating system.  
You must install Linux through the SunPCi user interface  
1. Create a new emulated hard drive and auto-install the Linux operating system.  
See “Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software” on page 12. Set options in the Create  
a New Emulated Drive dialog box as follows:  
Place the first Red Hat Linux installation CD-ROM into the Sun system.  
Select one of the following operating system to auto-install.  
Red Hat Linux 9 Personal/ Professional (Kernel 2.4.20-6)  
Red Hat Linux 9 ISO (Kernel 2.4.20-8)  
Red Hat Linux Enterprise 3 ES (Kernel 2.4.21-4EL)  
88  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
         
Red Hat Linux Enterprise 3 WS (Kernel 2.4.21-4EL)  
Make the drive at least 3 Gbytes in size (which is the default), which can be  
expanded later if needed.  
A full installation of Red Hat Linux requires 7 Gbytes.  
Attach the drive as a C: drive.  
You must attach the drive as a C: drive for the installation to work properly,  
which by default is named RedHat-9.0.diskimage, RedHat-3-ES.diskimage, or RedHat-  
3-WS.diskimage.  
For best performance, create your emulated drives on a local hard disk on your  
Sun system or server.  
Note – When creating and installing Linux, always attach and create the disk image  
at the same time.  
The Disk Creation Progress dialog box opens and shows the progress of the disk  
creation. When the disk is created, the Reset SunPCi dialog box opens, and you  
then can reboot the SunPCi III software.  
Note – Your mouse might not be active during the first part of the Linux  
installation. Use the Tab key and arrow key to navigate the Linux Setup screens until  
the mouse becomes active.  
2. The installation process continues after rebooting and you are asked a series of  
questions. You can accept the defaults. The questions include the following:  
a. You can choose a GUI Linux or a text-based Linux. Press Return for a GUI  
Linux, since that is the default installation for SunPCi.  
b. The Choose Language dialog box opens. Press Tab and Return to accept the  
default.  
c. The Keyboard Type dialog box opens. Press Tab and Return to accept the  
default.  
d. The Installation Method dialog box opens. Press Tab and Return to accept the  
default of Local CDROM.  
The Linux installation continues. You are then prompted for additional  
information in the Red Hat Linux installation window.  
Tip – If you are using the GUI installation, after the SunPCi III software reboots and  
opens the Linux window, choose Attach Mouse from the Options menu. This enables  
the mouse to work with Linux during installation  
Chapter 8 Using Red Hat Linux  
89  
3. Continue the installation according to the instructions in your Red Hat Linux  
installation windows.  
When the installation is complete, the SunPCi III software reboots.  
4. After SunPCi restarts, you then are prompted to configure networking for Linux,  
which you complete in the next section.  
Note –  
How to Configure Networking for Linux  
The network must be configured., After the Linux installation completes, you are  
then prompted to configure the network.  
Note – During the first part of the networking installation, the Linux graphical user  
interface is unavailable and you need to use the Tab key and arrow keys for  
navigation during this configuration.  
If you exit the network configuration process prior to completion, incorrectly  
configure the network, or if your network is unavailable, Linux will start, but the  
Linux graphical user interface will be unavailable.  
You start the network configuration process when the Network configuration dialog  
box opens.  
1. Click Yes.  
The Configure TCP/ IP dialog box opens.  
2. Choose either a dynamic (DHCP) or Static IP address by choosing one of the  
following options:  
If you select a dynamic (DHCP) address, press the spacebar. An asterisk (*)  
populates the field which enables DHCP.  
If you select Static IP, enter the IP Address, Netmask, Default gateway IP, and  
Primary nameserver.  
3. Tab to OK and press Return.  
4. Continue the network configuration according to the instructions in your Red Hat  
Linux 9 windows.  
Your network configuration is now complete and the Linux window opens in the  
SunPCi window.  
90  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
How to Reconfigure Networking For Linux  
During installation, you choose either a Static IP address or DHCP address. If you  
want to change your network configuration after the initial Linux installation,  
complete the following procedure.  
These instructions are for re-configuring a GNOME desktop. If you use another  
Linux graphical user interface (such as KDE), refer to your Linux documentation for  
additional information.  
1. From the Main menu, choose Systems Setting, and then choose Network.  
The Network Configuration dialog box opens, and defaults to the Devices tab.  
2. Click Edit.  
The Ethernet Device dialog box opens.  
3. Change the network connection setting from either DHCP or Static IP address.  
To change to a setting with a DHCP address, choose the “Automatically Obtain  
an IP address settings with dhcp” radio button.  
To change to a setting with a Static IP address, choose the “Statically set IP  
Address” radio button.  
4. Click OK to close the Ethernet Device dialog box.  
5. Close the Network Configuration dialog box.  
The Question dialog box opens asking whether you want to save your changes.  
6. Click Yes.  
7. Reboot your system.  
How to Prepare Linux to Display External Video  
1. Exit Linux and the SunPCi III software.  
2. At the Solaris system prompt, restart the SunPCi III software using the -voption:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -v  
The SunPCi III software starts, and Linux opens on the external monitor. The  
external video monitor must support all color and resolution depths to run Linux  
properly.  
Chapter 8 Using Red Hat Linux  
91  
       
3. From the Options menu, choose Attach the Mouse.  
This attaches the mouse to work properly.  
4. From the Main menu, choose Systems Setting, and then choose Display.  
The Display Settings dialog box opens.  
Note – The Query dialog box might open asking for the root password before  
allowing you to proceed.  
5. Click the Advanced tab.  
6. Click Configure in the Monitor group box.  
The Monitor Settings dialog box opens.  
7. Select the monitors model name.  
8. Click OK in the Monitor Settings dialog box.  
9. Click OK in the Display Settings dialog box.  
The Information dialog box opens.  
10. Click OK.  
The external video configures properly after you reboot your system.  
How to Switch External Video Back to the  
System Monitor  
1. Exit Linux and the SunPCi III software.  
2. At the Solaris system prompt, restart the SunPCi III software normally:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci  
The SunPCi III software starts, and Linux opens on the system monitor.  
92  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Color Depth Issues with Linux and the  
System Monitor  
When using the system monitor, the color depth used on your SunPCi Linux  
desktop depends on the following:  
The color depths available on your Solaris desktop  
The XserverOptionsin the Linux section of your SunPC.inifile  
The color depth on your system monitor for your Linux application depends on the  
supported color depths on your Solaris X server. Upon installation of Linux, the  
depth automatically defaults to the depth existing in Solaris if no depth options were  
provided in the .inifile for SunPCi. For example, if the Solaris desktop supported  
8-bit and 24-bit, Linux would also support the same 8-bit and 24-bit.  
The current release of the Linux GNOME software contains an issue whereby an X  
client that creates an 8-bit windows might crash when a GNOME library function  
incorrectly creates 24-bit pixmaps, and attempts to copy the contents onto the 8-bit  
window. The Solaris X server allows multiple simultaneous depths, which the Linux  
GNOME software does not handle properly.  
If the root window of the Linux desktop is a 24-bit window depth instead of an 8-bit  
window depth, Linux works properly.  
SunPCi software adds the option -depth 24to the XserverOptionsin the .ini  
file for SunPCi. This option, when provided to SunPCi, acts as a recommendation,  
rather than a requirement, for the system monitor window. When the system sees a  
depth provided, it attempts to create the system monitor window at that depth. If  
successful, then all windows are created at that same depth. If unsuccessful, the  
system monitor window is created at whatever depth is available on the Solaris X  
server.  
Note – If the Solaris X server supports only 8-bit depth, the initial creation of the  
24-bit depth fails, and the system monitor window reverts to 8-bit depth.  
Tip – Some Linux applications do not operate properly using 8-bit depth and  
require 24-bit depth. These applications do not run properly on Linux when the X  
server is configured for 8-bit depth. The -depth 24option was added as a default  
when the Linux section is initially added to the .inifile, so this issue is transparent  
whenever possible.  
Chapter 8 Using Red Hat Linux  
93  
   
94  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
CHAPTER  
9
Installing and Configuring  
Server Software  
This chapter provides information about SunPCi server installation and  
configuration issues.  
“Using SunFSD for Mapping Between Solaris and Microsoft Windows” on  
page 96  
This chapter includes instructions for completing the following tasks:  
“How to Enable SunFSD Mapping” on page 96  
“How to Disable SunFSD Mapping” on page 97  
The following information is for installing and configuring the supported Microsoft  
Windows server products (Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003) using  
the SunPCi III 3.2.1 software on the Solaris operating environment.  
For advanced SunPCi III server support concerning SunPCi III memory, CPUs, and  
benchmark information, consult the SunPCi Web site:  
http://www.sun.com/desktop/products/sunpci  
Note – Due to naming conventions, mounting the CD-ROM drive on SunFSD  
(\\localhost\cdrom\cdrom0) results in files not being found by certain  
applications.  
Note – SunFSD does not work with Linux. You must use NFS to access Solaris files.  
95  
 
Using SunFSD for Mapping Between  
Solaris and Microsoft Windows  
The SunPCi III 3.2.1 software includes the Sun File System Driver (SunFSD), which  
maps Microsoft Windows drive letters to Solaris software directories.  
The administrator should disable client logins prior to enabling SunFSD.  
Additionally, after any update (or other activity) is complete, the administrator  
should delete or unmap all SunFSD drives, disable mapping in SunFSD, and reboot  
the system.  
For SunPCi III 3.2.1 installations, the SunFSD mapping function is disabled by default  
in the supported Microsoft Windows server products.  
Thus, while running one of the server variants of Microsoft Windows, any mapping  
of the \\localhostdirectory by any user (or program), including the  
administrator, will fail. Further, any reference or any attempt to access files using a  
Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path that includes \\localhostas the UNC  
prefix will also fail.  
The mapping control is imposed for security reasons. In the current release of  
SunFSD, any mapping or file access through \\localhostinherits the privileges of  
the user or process that launched the SunPCi III software. Therefore, if the SunPCi  
III card is running a Microsoft server operating system, and SunPCi software was  
launched under the root account, ordinary server users inherit root privileges across  
the network.  
SunFSD is enabled on Windows XP Professional and Windows 2000 Professional,  
because there are no multi-client file system security issues when using these  
operating systems. You can continue to map SunFSD drives in Windows XP  
Professional and Windows 2000 Professional the same as you did in previous  
releases of SunPCi.  
For server installations that require access to Solaris directories, server  
administrators can use a package such as Solaris PC NetLink or Samba that employs  
per-client security credential verification, or a Citrix MetaFrame client that maps  
Microsoft Windows drive letters as the local user.  
How to Enable SunFSD Mapping  
The main reason for an administrator to enable SunFSD is that SunFSD functionality  
is required to execute the update drivers script, as well as other SunPCi supplied  
scripts.  
96  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
SunFSD can be enabled in server installations if necessary by the Server  
Administrator account only. Disable SunFSD when you are finished performing the  
maintenance tasks described below.  
To enable SunFSD mapping, as the Server Administrator, do the following:  
Double-click the fsdon.regRegistry file located at:  
C:\sun\sunfsd\fsdon.reg  
This can only be done using the Server Administrator account. Any server client (or  
non-privileged program) attempting to modify the Registry is refused.  
Once SunFSD is enabled, all subsequent mappings and references using the  
\\localhostprefix will succeed. Additionally, after rebooting the server, SunFSD  
remains enabled. Further, any mappings made after enabling SunFSD, after logging  
off, or after rebooting the system, are reconnected upon logging on to the system (if  
configured to be reconnected).  
Caution – Once SunFSD is enabled by the administrator, all server clients and  
programs can map or access Solaris directories and files, using the security  
privileges of the process that launched the SunPCi software.  
Caution – Once SunFSD is disabled by the administrator, you can still browse the  
unmapped drives. Only after you have unmapped the drives and rebooted will the  
drives then be disabled, although you still have to physically unmap the drives in  
Windows Explorer.  
How to Disable SunFSD Mapping  
To disable SunFSD mapping, as the Server Administrator, do the following:  
Double-click the fsdoff.regRegistry file located at:  
C:\sun\sunfsd\fsdoff.reg  
Once SunFSD mapping is disabled, all subsequent mappings and references using  
the \\localhostprefix fail. Additionally, after rebooting the server, SunFSD  
mapping remains disabled. So, if for example, there were any successful SunFSD  
directory mappings prior to disabling SunFSD mapping, after the system is rebooted  
such mappings are no longer available.  
Chapter 9 Installing and Configuring Server Software  
97  
   
98  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
CHAPTER  
10  
Using Drives and Configuring  
Peripheral Devices  
This chapter includes the following general topics:  
“Using a Diskette Drive With SunPCi III Software” on page 100  
This chapter includes instructions for completing the following tasks:  
“How to Mount a CD-ROM Drive” on page 101  
“How to Set Up a CD-ROM Drive” on page 102  
“How to Eject a CD From a CD-ROM Drive” on page 103  
“How to Configure a Serial Mouse for an External Monitor” on page 108  
Caution – SunPCi III software is not compatible with a system after bsmconv(1M)  
is run. Specifically, the device allocation features are incompatible with the use of  
vold, the diskette drive, the CD-ROM drive, and audio for SunPCi III.  
99  
   
Using a Diskette Drive With SunPCi III  
Software  
Many Sun systems come with one diskette drive. If you have a Sun system that does  
not have a built-in diskette drive, you need to have the drive installed if you intend  
to copy data from diskette.  
If you are running Solaris Volume Manager (the voldprocess) on your system, you  
need to disable Volume Managers control of the diskette drive before it can function  
with SunPCi III 3.2.1 software. You also need to be root to perform this task. To  
disable voldand use the diskette drive with SunPCi III, run the script  
/opt/SUNWspci3/bin/vold_floppy_disableat the Solaris prompt before you  
start the SunPCi III software (as root). Otherwise, you will not be able to use the  
diskette drive as drive A:.  
Note – If you have a diskette in the A: drive, you must use the command-line  
option ejectand then physically eject the diskette from the system. Failure to use  
the ejectcommand results in the diskette not operating properly.  
Using a CD/ DVD Drive With SunPCi III  
Software  
SunPCi III software contains a direct CD-ROM driver for Microsoft Windows, so  
mapping the CD/ DVD drive is not necessary. If you have created an emulated D:  
drive, the CD-ROM drive is automatically mapped to the E: drive in the default  
configuration. If you have not created a D: drive, the CD-ROM drive is mapped  
to the D: drive letter.  
Note – SunPCi III 3.2.1 software supports DVD data, but not DVD video.  
100 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
How to Mount a CD-ROM Drive  
If you have disabled Solaris Volume Manager (vold) on your system, you need to  
turn it back on to use voldwith SunPCi III software, or you can manually mount  
the CD-ROM drive file system instead of using vold.  
1. To find out whether Volume Manager is enabled, open a Terminal window on  
your Solaris desktop and type:  
% ps -df | grep vold  
The system returns information about the Volume Manager process (vold) if it is  
enabled.  
If your Sun system does not have Solaris Volume Manager enabled, you need to  
become superuser and mount the CD-ROM drive manually as described in the next  
steps.  
If voldis not enabled, the system returns only the grepprocess information, and no  
voldprocess information, similar to the following:  
username 2698 1934 0 10:34:01 pts/s 0:00 grep vold  
Because grepvoldis the only information about voldthat appears, Volume  
Manager is not enabled. If Volume Manager were enabled, an additional line and  
different process ID (shown by 2698in the above grepexample) would be  
displayed.  
If your Sun system has Solaris Volume Manager enabled, skip the rest of this  
procedure.  
2. If Solaris Volume Manager is not enabled, become superuser on your system:  
3. Type one of the following commands:  
If your CD-ROM drive is a SCSI drive, type the following command in a Terminal  
window on your Sun system to mount the CD-ROM drive:  
# mount -o ro -F hsfs /dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2 /cdrom  
Note – Type -owith no space between the minus sign and the letter o.  
Chapter 10 Using Drives and Configuring Peripheral Devices  
101  
     
If your CD-ROM drive is an IDE drive, type:  
# mount -o ro -F hsfs /dev/dsk/c0t2d0s2 /cdrom  
To find out what type of CD-ROM drive you have, and what file system it supports,  
consult your hardware platform documentation.  
4. Exit superuser.  
How to Set Up a CD-ROM Drive  
If you have more than one SCSI CD-ROM drive installed in your Sun system, you  
have to specify which drive you want to use with SunPCi III software. To set up  
your CD-ROM drive, perform the following procedure:  
1. Start SunPCi III software.  
The Console window from which you start the application displays the following  
message:  
sunpci3: Your sunpci.ini file does not specify a CD device  
assuming /vol/dev/aliases/cdrom0  
2. From the Options menu, choose Attach CD-ROM.  
The Specify CD-ROM Device File dialog box opens.  
3. Type the path to the CD-ROM device you want to use (for example,  
/vol/dev/aliases/cdrom0).  
4. Click OK.  
5. Exit your operating systems.  
6. From the File menu in the SunPCi III window, choose Reset PC.  
When SunPCi III software restarts, it uses the CD-ROM drive that you specified.  
102 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
 
How to Eject a CD From a CD-ROM Drive  
To eject a CD from your CD-ROM drive, from the Options menu, choose Eject the  
CD-ROM.  
Connecting Peripheral Devices  
The SunPCi III card main backplate contains an LED indicator, two audio ports, a  
Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 connection, an Ethernet connection, and an external  
video port. See “SunPCi III Main Card Backplate” on page 105  
Using the LED Indicator  
The LED indicator gives a visual indication of the status of the SunPCi card. The  
LED indicator is located on the SunPCi III main card backplate. The LED is  
especially useful when you have several SunPCi cards installed on a system, and  
helps you identify the active card, as well as check the status of each card.  
The following table describes the states of the LED indicator in normal operation.  
TABLE 10-1 LED Colors and Status  
Color  
Status  
Solid green  
Solid amber  
SunPCi running normally.  
Problem with SunPCi card. A system error has occurred and  
service is required.  
Blinking amber  
No Color  
SunPCi running or booting up, but if the blinking amber light  
continues, it indicates a potential problem.  
SunPCi is powered off and not running.  
The LED indicator can be used to identify a specific SunPCi card on your system by  
either of the following methods.  
If SunPCi is running, you can identify the card on which the session is running by  
pressing the Meta-F keyboard combination in the SunPCi window. The LED  
indicator cycles through the green, red, and amber colors for one second each  
time the Meta-F keyboard combination is pressed.  
Chapter 10 Using Drives and Configuring Peripheral Devices  
103  
           
If SunPCi is not running, you can identify the card on which the session is  
running by using the -fcardname switch. The LED indicator cycles through the  
green, red, and amber colors until you type the kill -INT pid command to  
stop the process. You must specify each card, such as card1, to identify the card  
using this process.  
Connecting Audio Devices  
The SunPCi III audio ports do not route audio through your Sun systems speakers.  
In order to hear the audio, you need to connect a separate set of speakers or  
headphones to the Line-out stereo port.  
Note – In Linux, audio drivers and audio randomly fails in some Linux  
applications.  
Connecting the USB Device  
You have one USB 2.0 connection on the SunPCi III main card backplate. The USB  
connection can accommodate any USB device, such as a digital camera, a CD-RW  
external drive, or printer. Once connected, the USB device should work immediately.  
Tip – Since the USB and Ethernet ports are next to each other and are a similar size  
and shape, you might incorrectly plug a USB device into the Ethernet port. Be  
careful to plug the USB device into the USB port and not into the Ethernet port or  
you might damage the Ethernet port.  
Connecting the Ethernet Device  
The SunPCi III main card backplate includes an Ethernet connection to plug a device  
into a network.  
Connecting the External Video  
The SunPCi III video connection enables you to connect a monitor or other video  
device.  
104 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
         
FIGURE 10-1 shows the options available on the SunPCi III main card backplate.  
LED Indicator  
Microphone  
Line-in (mono)  
Microphone  
Line-out (stereo)  
USB  
Ethernet  
External Video  
FIGURE 10-1 SunPCi III Main Card Backplate  
Connecting Additional USB and 1394  
Firewire Devices  
The USB/ Firewire card and backplate included with the SunPCi III main card  
features two USB 2.0 connections and one 1394a Firewire connection. Installing the  
USB/ Firewire card and backplate is optional.  
Chapter 10 Using Drives and Configuring Peripheral Devices  
105  
         
Connecting USB Devices  
With SunPCi III, you now have three available USB devices: one on the main card  
backplate and two on the USB/ Firewire backplate.  
Since the USB devices are USB 2.0, they are much faster than the older USB 1.1 or  
parallel port devices.  
Refer to the previous section, “Connecting the USB Device” on page 104, for further  
information about USB devices.  
Connecting the Firewire Device  
The 1394a Firewire device on the USB/ Firewire backplate is another option for  
connecting different types of peripherals, such as printers, hubs, modems, digital  
cameras, and external CD-RW drives.  
FIGURE 10-2 shows the options available on the USB/ Firewire backplate.  
USB  
USB  
Firewire  
FIGURE 10-2 SunPCi III USB/ Firewire Backplate  
Refer to the SunPCi III Quick Start Installation Guide for instructions on how to install  
the backplate.  
106 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Connecting Serial and Parallel Port  
Devices  
The Serial/ Parallel Port backplate included with the SunPCi III card features a  
parallel port that you can use to connect a parallel device, such as a printer, to  
operate with SunPCi III software. FIGURE 10-3 shows the connectors on the  
Serial/ Parallel Port backplate. Installing this backplate is optional.  
Parallel Port  
Serial Port  
FIGURE 10-3 SunPCi III Serial/ Parallel Port Backplate  
Refer to the SunPCi III Quick Start Installation Guide for instructions on how to install  
the backplate.  
Connecting a Parallel Device  
Once you have installed the backplate, you can attach the parallel cable to the  
backplates parallel port. The SunPCi III cards parallel port is assigned to LPT1.  
Chapter 10 Using Drives and Configuring Peripheral Devices  
107  
           
from your PC-based application.  
Note – These instructions apply to a local printer that you attach to the parallel port  
on your SunPCi III card. For information about how to use your Solaris printer with  
Microsoft Windows operating systems, refer to “Printing From Microsoft Windows  
or Linux Using Solaris Printers” on page 131.  
Connecting a Serial Device  
The Serial/ Parallel Port backplate contains a serial port that you can use to connect  
a modem or serial device to operate with SunPCi III software. This serial port is  
assigned to COM1. FIGURE 10-3 shows the location of the serial port on the backplate.  
To use the serial port, connect the serial cable from your device to the serial port on  
the Serial/ Parallel Port backplate. If you need to install any additional drivers for  
the device you want to use, have the software diskette or CD handy and use the  
corresponding Control Panel to install the drivers. For more information about  
connecting and using the serial device, refer to the documentation that came with  
your serial device.  
How to Configure a Serial Mouse for an External  
Monitor  
1. Attach the mouse connector to the serial connector on the Serial/Parallel Port  
backplate.  
Ensure that the connector is firmly secured to the backplate.  
2. Click Start, choose Settings, and choose Control Panel from the Microsoft  
Windows menu.  
3. Click the Add New Hardware option.  
Follow the Wizard instructions to install the serial mouse.  
108 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
CHAPTER  
11  
Using SunPCi III Software  
This chapter provides detailed information about how to use the sunpcicommand-  
and dialog boxes. The chapter also gives instructions for updating Intel drivers,  
VNC, and extended drives. This chapter also explains how to set up printers for use  
Boot@Boot Support” on page 118  
“Configuring and Using Boot@Boot Support” on page 120  
This chapter includes instructions for completing the following tasks:  
“How to Manually Update Intel Drivers” on page 116  
“How to Interact With VNC From a Remote Client” on page 128  
“How to Access Solaris Files and Directories in Microsoft Windows” on page 129  
“How to Configure Japanese Copy and Paste Between Microsoft Windows and  
Solaris” on page 131  
“How to Set Up a Solaris Printer From Microsoft Windows” on page 132  
109  
 
The sunpciCommand and Its Options  
To use a command-line option with the sunpcicommand, type the command,  
followed by a dash, followed by the command-line option, followed by any required  
argument such as a file name, card name, or command.  
For example:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -option argument  
Use option to specify the command-line option you want to use. Use argument to  
specify the name of the file you want to use with the option. Not all options can  
accept file names. Note that there is no space between the dash and the option.  
For example, to start SunPCi III software and place customized text in the windows  
title bar, type the following:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -title Text string  
To start the SunPCi III software with a C: drive other than your default C: drive,  
type this command and substitute the name of the new C: drive file for C.newdrive:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -C C.newdrive  
110 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
TABLE 11-1 lists the SunPCi III command-line options.  
TABLE 11-1 SunPCi III Command-Line Options  
Option  
Purpose  
No option  
When no option is used with the sunpcicommand, by default SunPCi III  
opens the SunPCi menu.  
-B  
When used in conjunction with the sunpci-Cdisk.image file name and  
-ccardname options, the -Boption binds the named cardname MAC  
address to the disk.image file name by writing the cardname cards MAC  
address into the filename.inifile header. This action overwrites the  
original MAC address in the file header. Formerly -bindmac.  
A general form of the -Boptions use is:  
sunpci-Cdisk.image -ccardname -B  
-b  
Enables you to change the default depth of the boot time VGA window to  
be either 8 bit or 24 bit by default. If you change to 24 bit, you avoid some  
colormap flashing issues, while still allowing you to choose the 8-bit  
option, unlike NO8BIT. Formerly -depth.  
-C disk.image  
Starts the SunPCi III window using the disk.image file name as drive C:.  
This overrides the default drive specified in the default properties file  
/$HOME/pc/SunPC.ini.  
-c cardname  
Starts the SunPCi III card using cardname as drive C:. The cardname is a  
label assigned by the SunPCi III software starting with Card1, Card2, and  
so on. To obtain a listing of installed card names use the -loption. For  
more information about multiple card use, see “Using Multiple SunPCi III  
Cards” on page 21.  
-D disk.image  
Starts the SunPCi III window using the disk.image file name as drive D:.  
This option overrides the default drive specified in the default properties  
file /$HOME/pc/SunPC.ini.  
-display hostname.domain:0.0  
Displays the SunPCi III window on another Sun system hostname in  
domain. Formerly -display. For example, to open the SunPCi III window  
on another system named willow in the eastern domain, type the  
following command on your Sun system (where the SunPCi III card is  
installed):  
/opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci -d willow.eastern:0.0  
-f  
-h  
Starts the card finder LED functionality in SunPCi III, which cycles  
through the colors of the LED (green or amber) for several seconds.  
Displays SunPCi III command-line Help. The option displays a list of all  
SunPCi III command-line options and formats. Formerly -help.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
111  
                       
TABLE 11-1 SunPCi III Command-Line Options (Continued)  
Option  
Purpose  
-l  
Displays the systems installed and recognized SunPCi cards. The switch  
returns the Card Name, for example Card1; the device file name in the  
/devdirectory, for example /dev/sunpci2drv0; the cards Type and  
Description; and the cards standard MAC address, for example ID =  
08:00:20:F9:5F:2C. See “How to Identify Card Names” on page 25 for  
a complete listing of the output format.  
-n  
Stops the verification of card and disk image combination, and stops the  
display of the warning dialog box, if you start an image with a card on  
which the image was not created. See “How to Create an .iniFile Using  
the -nOption” on page 24 for the full text of the warning. If you wish to  
rebind the image and current card, see the -Boption. Formerly -nomac.  
-n filename.ini  
Creates a new filename.inifile and a new disk image name incorporating  
the file name. The command brings up the SunPCi III Disk Create menu  
GUI, with the default disk name already created as  
$HOME/pc/C.filename.diskimage. If the file already exists the sunpci  
command aborts, and no file name is created. Formerly -new.  
-p filename.ini  
Starts SunPCi III software with the configuration information in the  
properties file specified with filename. The default properties file for  
SunPCi III is $HOME/pc/SunPC.ini.  
-R  
Forces the CMOS to be reloaded in the current disk.image file, similar to  
clearing the CMOS on a PC motherboard. This command is used when  
the BIOS setup option has changed, if SunPCi does not boot, or to restore  
SunPCi default settings. After using this command, a message displays  
confirming the CMOS has been updated.  
-title Text string  
Writes the title argument into the title bar of the SunPCi III window when  
the argument Text string is a quoted character string including spaces. The  
quotes are unnecessary if the character string contains no spaces.  
-v  
Directs video to the external video connector. Refer to FIGURE 10-1 to find  
the location of the video port. For information about how to set this for  
your monitor, consult the applicable operating system chapter for more  
information. Formerly -vga.  
-w [time]  
Causes SunPCi III software to retry failed X server connections, either  
indefinitely (if no time argument follows -w), or for time seconds. If time is  
specified and SunPCi III software has not successfully connected to an X  
server after time seconds, SunPCi III software exits. Formerly -xwait.  
112 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
             
SunPCi III Menus  
The first window you see when you start SunPCi III software is the SunPCi III  
window. The following sections describe the File and Options menus at the top of  
the SunPCi III window.  
File Menu  
The SunPCi III File menu contains two commands: Reset PC and Exit. TABLE 11-2  
describes the commands available within the File menu.  
TABLE 11-2 File Menu Commands  
Menu Command  
Purpose  
Reset PC  
Closes and reboots the SunPCi and Windows or Linux software.  
Similar to pressing the Reset button on a PC. Perform this action  
in the following situations:  
• If your keyboard or operating system running in the SunPCi  
III window no longer responds  
• To attach a different SunPCi III emulated hard drive  
The keyboard shortcut for this command is Meta+R in CDE and  
ALT+R in GNOME.  
Exit (CDE)  
Closes SunPCi III software and closes the SunPCi III window.  
When you choose the Exit menu command, the SunPCi Exit  
dialog box opens with several button options:  
Quit (GNOME)  
• Exit Now  
• Shutdown x86 OS and Exit SunPCi  
• Cancel  
The keyboard shortcut for this command is Meta+X in CDE and  
ALT+Q in GNOME.  
Caution – Close Microsoft Windows or Linux before closing SunPCi software by  
either selecting Shut Down from the Start menu or choosing the Shutdown x86 OS  
and Exit SunPCi button. If you do not shut down gracefully, you risk damage to the  
application.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
113  
               
The Options menu lets you create, update, attach, and grow emulated hard disk  
drives, attach a CD-ROM drive, eject a CD/ DVD, and also enables you to attach the  
mouse to SunPCi III.  
TABLE 11-3 describes the disk-related commands in the Options menu. Complete  
instructions for choosing emulated drives are provided in “Emulated Drives and  
SunPCi III Software” on page 12.  
TABLE 11-3 Options Menu Commands  
Menu Command  
Purpose  
Attach an Existing  
Emulated Drive  
Specifies the emulated hard drive (directory/ filename) you want  
to assign to drive C: or D:.  
The keyboard shortcut for this command is Meta+A in CDE and  
ALT+A in GNOME.  
Create a New  
Emulated Drive  
Creates a Solaris file that functions as your emulated drive  
(SunPCi).  
The keyboard shortcut for this command is Meta+C in CDE and  
ALT+C in GNOME.  
Create a New  
Creates a Solaris file that functions as your emulated drive  
Emulated Drive Druid (SunPCi). This task performs all the functions of Create a New  
(GNOME Only)  
Emulated Drive, except that it allows you to choose one step at a  
time instead of all the steps offered at once in the other window.  
The keyboard shortcut for this command is Meta+D in CDE and  
ALT+C in GNOME.  
Grow an Emulated  
Drive  
Enables expansion and growth of an emulated hard disk.  
The keyboard shortcut for this command is Meta+G in CDE and  
ALT+G in GNOME.  
Eject CD  
Ejects the CD or DVD from the CD-ROM drive.  
The keyboard shortcut for this command is Meta+E in CDE and  
ALT+E in GNOME.  
Attach Mouse  
Enables you to attach the mouse to the SunPCi III window when  
you are in SMI mode.  
The keyboard shortcut for this command is Meta+M in CDE.  
Note – In both user interfaces, there is a Help menu option. Currently, choosing this  
option opens a dialog box listing credits for SunPCi. The keyboard commands for  
this option is Meta+H in CDE and SHIFT+ALT+A in GNOME.  
114 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
                   
Updating Intel and Linux Drivers  
SunPCi III software automatically updates your Intel and Linux drivers during a  
fresh installation of SunPCi III. You also can manually update your drivers, which  
you have to do if you are using a server product or if your automatic update fails.  
This section describes how to do both types of update.  
Note – You must update your drivers each time you update SunPCi III software and  
before upgrading to a supported operating system.  
How to Automatically Update Intel Drivers  
SunPCi III software recognizes the installation of a new SunPCi software package  
and prompts you to update the Intel drivers.  
You can use the automatic update of Intel drivers with the following operating  
systems:  
Windows 2000 Professional  
Windows XP Professional  
Since you cannot automatically update your Intel drivers with sever products, you  
cannot use the automatic update with the following operating systems:  
Windows Server 2003  
Windows 2000 Server  
Note – The automatic update fails when there are no drive letters available for  
mapping of \\localhost\opt\SUNWspci3. If this update fails, the automatic  
update properly terminates, exits, and no update occurs.  
To automatically update Intel drivers, follow these steps:  
Log on to your version of Microsoft Windows.  
A dialog box opening during the Windows logon, which asks whether you want to  
update the Intel side drivers. You have several options:  
If you choose either OK or press Enter, the Intel side driver updates start and the  
drivers are updated. This process is the same as if you manually update Intel side  
drivers by mapping to \\localhost\opt\SUNWspci3, navigating to the  
appropriate drivers directory, and starting update.bat.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
115  
         
If you choose Cancel or Close, the dialog box closes and no updates occur. If you  
do not update the drivers, every time you start SunPCi, you will be asked to  
update the drivers.  
If you do not choose any button, the dialog box times out after a specified  
amount of time, closes, and no update occurs.  
How to Manually Update Intel Drivers  
With SunPCi III 3.2.1 software, for some Windows operating systems, the drivers are  
automatically updated. However, for Windows operating systems server products,  
the update process must be manual. In rare situations, the automatic update process  
might fail, and you need to then update the Intel drivers manually.  
Note – If you are using and running any server products, you must run  
c:\sun\sunfsd\fsdon.reg prior to mapping a network drive.  
To manually update your Intel drivers, follow these steps:  
1. Map a drive in Microsoft Windows Explorer to the location where you installed  
the SunPCi III 3.2.1 software package (by default, the /optdirectory), such as in  
the following example:  
\\localhost\opt\SUNWspci3  
2. Do one of the following, depending on the operating system you are running:  
If you are running Windows Server 2003, click down the directory tree  
to \drivers\winnet\patchand double-click update.batto complete the  
installation  
If you are running Windows 2000 (Professional or Server), click down the  
directory tree to \drivers\win2k\patchand double-click update.batto  
complete the installation.  
If you are running Windows XP Professional, click down the directory tree  
to \drivers\winxp\patchand double-click update.batto complete the  
installation.  
Note – The default installation location is /opt/SUNWspci3. If you installed the  
SunPCi III package to another location, map the drive to that location.  
When the script finishes, the operating system software might ask you to reboot  
your machine. If so, you must reboot for the changes to take effect.  
116 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
How to Automatically Update Linux Drivers  
SunPCi III software recognizes the installation of a new SunPCi software package  
and prompts you to update the Linux drivers.  
To automatically update Linux drivers, follow these steps:  
Start your version of Linux.  
During the boot process, a prompt opens, which states “SunPCi package change  
detected. Update SunPCi Linux drivers <Y/ N>?“ You have several options:  
If you choose Y, the Linux driver updates start and the drivers are updated.  
After the update completes, the machine reboots.  
If you choose N, the dialog box closes and no updates occur. If you do not update  
the drivers, every time you start SunPCi, you will be asked to update the drivers.  
If you do not choose any button, the dialog box times out after a specified  
amount of time, closes, and no update occurs. You will be asked to automatically  
update your Linux drivers each time you open SunPCi.  
How to Manually Update Linux Drivers  
With SunPCi III 3.2.1 software, the Linux drivers are automatically updated.  
However, in rare situations, the automatic update process might fail, and you need  
to then update the Intel drivers manually.  
To manually update your existing Linux drivers, follow these steps:  
1. Become superuser.  
2. Go to the /etc/init.d/drivers.chk directory.  
3. Double click drivers.chk.  
After the update completes, the machine reboots  
4. Exit the superuser account.  
The drivers are now updated.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
117  
       
Boot@Boot Support  
Boot@Boot is a feature that you can configure to automatically start the SunPCi III  
software on one or more SunPCi III cards when it is installed on a Sun system. The  
ability to automatically restart SunPCi sessions if they fail and the ability to  
gracefully shut down SunPCi sessions (including performing an orderly shutdown  
of the operating system) are also part of the Boot@Boot support.  
Boot@Boot currently supports all supported SunPCi versions of Microsoft Windows  
and Linux.  
The following SunPCi III 3.2.1 software components support Boot@Boot:  
SunPCi daemon - This is a required component.  
1
Virtual Network Computing (VNC) - This is an optional component.  
SunPCi Daemon  
The SunPCi daemon (sunpcid) is a dual-function application of Boot@Boot support  
and includes such features as automatically starting SunPCi sessions at boot time  
and shutting down SunPCi sessions at system shutdown time. The daemon is  
controlled through the sunpcidadmcommand.  
The sunpcidadmcommand implements control functionality through command-  
line arguments that enable Solaris server administrators to configure the SunPCi  
daemon process to work as needed. For example, you can use the sunpcidadm  
command to add Boot@Boot support for a SunPCi III card into the  
/etc/Master.inifile, which has been expanded to contain the configuration  
information for the sunpcidadmdaemon.  
You can also use the sunpcidadmcommand to enable and disable auto restart  
functionality, and to start and stop the SunPCi software on one or more cards. When  
changes are made to the SunPCi daemon configuration by the sunpcidadm  
command with command-line arguments, the controlling sunpcidadmdaemon  
sends a signal to the SunPCi daemon process, informing it of the changes, and the  
daemon process reconfigures itself.  
1. Virtual Network Computing (VNC) software is copyright 1993 by X Consortium and copyright 1999 by  
AT&T Laboratories. All rights reserved. The SunPCi implementation of VNC supports the SunPCi product  
only. Other versions of VNC will not interoperate with this version of VNC. VNC source code is included on  
the SunPCi III CD in the directory /Source. See legal notices in the source code for information about using,  
modifying, or redistributing VNC source code.  
118 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
         
For complete information about the sunpcidadmcommand and its options, see the  
sunpcidadmman page. See “How to View Solaris Manual Pages” on page 5 for  
further information on using man pages.  
Virtual Network Computing (VNC)  
VNC is a customized version of a GNU Public-Licensed (GPL) software product  
from AT&T Laboratories that allows remote administration of the SunPCi III  
product. VNC enables SunPCi III software to run on a server that might either have  
no display hardware connected (headless) or have no normal X11 display available  
(for example, before a user logs in to the system).  
The version of VNC shipped with the SunPCi III 3.2.1 release contains two  
components:  
Xvnc - A modified X11 server that renders data into a virtual frame buffer  
vncviewer - An X11 client that enables the contents of the Xvnc virtual frame  
buffer to be displayed on another X11 display  
The installation and setup of Microsoft Windows or Linux via VNC is not  
recommended for the following reasons:  
Multiple cursors appear in the window, making mouse use confusing.  
The amount of window data generated during installation is high because of  
constant updates by the VGA emulation, which slows the installation process.  
For optimal performance, complete the installation process while displaying  
information on a local monitor. If this option is not possible, complete the  
installation while displaying to a remote monitor is a better option than using VNC.  
Installation using VNC is strongly discouraged and should only be used as the last  
option. This issue is present for the installation of all operating systems that can use  
VNC.  
The Xvnc server allows SunPCi sessions to display to what appears to the software  
as a normal X11 display. Xvnc is ordinarily started by the SunPCi daemon before  
starting the SunPCi sessions.  
The vncviewer enables system administrators to interact with the SunPCi cards,  
either locally on the server where the cards are installed (assuming that the server  
has a display attached), or remotely on any Sun machine (including a Sun Ray™  
display) that is running a Sun X server. With the combination of the vncviewer and  
SunPCi displaying to the Xvnc server, it is possible to attach “on the fly” to a  
currently running VNC session from any Sun machine on the network, and to  
interact with SunPCi sessions running on a remote server. The VNC session can be  
detached and later reattached from a totally different machine. The SunPCi sessions  
continue running even though no one is interacting with them.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
119  
   
Note that VNC is intended to be used only for SunPCi administration purposes, and  
that VNC is not a supported mechanism for remote display of SunPCi sessions for  
normal day-to-day operating system interaction. Under normal circumstances  
(single-user Sun system usage), you should use X11 remote display functionality for  
remote display of SunPCi sessions. Multiuser server situations should use Citrix for  
remote display.  
Note – The SunPCi III 3.2.1 version of Xvnc and vncviewer are modified and work  
only with each other. They are not compatible with any other versions of VNC  
software.  
As part of the VNC licensing agreement, Sun is required to make the VNC source  
code available for viewing with each SunPCi release. The VNC sources provided  
here are not supported by Sun Microsystems and are provided for reference  
purposes only as required under the GNU General Public License.  
The VNC source code is located in the SunPCi III 3.2.1 CD source directory and is  
named vnc.tar.Z.  
Uncompress the .Zfile and then extract the .tarfile to view the VNC source code.  
Note – You are not required to build the VNC sources to use VNC. A prebuilt  
package is available as SUNWspvn3.  
Configuring and Using Boot@Boot  
Support  
To use SunPCi Boot@Boot support, you must configure the SunPCi daemon so that  
the daemon knows what to run. You must log in as root to configure Boot@Boot  
support, because the SunPCi daemon runs under the root account.  
Configuring Boot@Boot Support for VNC  
Note – Remember that the VNC package must be installed prior to configuring  
Boot@Boot support.  
120 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
The first task you must complete to configure Boot@Boot is to configure VNC  
support so that the SunPCi III cards have an X server available that is guaranteed to  
be running and accepting connections when the cards boot. If you want to use  
another X server to display your SunPCi consoles, and the X server is guaranteed to  
be available for connections at all times, you can choose not to use VNC support. See  
“Using an X Server Other Than Xvnc” on page 127.  
To configure VNC support, you must first add VNC support to the file  
/etc/Master.iniby using the following command:  
# /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpcidadm -a VNC  
This adds the necessary configuration information that the daemon needs to start the  
Xvnc server.  
Note – The sunpcidadmcommand is case insensitive when referring to VNC or to  
cards, so that the commands sunpcidadm -a vnc, sunpcidadm -a VNC, and  
sunpcidadm -a VnCare all handled the same.  
When you initially add the VNC configuration information to the file  
/etc/Master.ini, VNC is configured as disabled by default. This is so that you  
can customize the configuration information before Xvnc starts.  
For example, if you want to run VNC and the SunPCi sessions under an account  
other than the root account, you can modify the user ID, group ID, and home  
directory for the user. Note that if you change the user name for VNC, the vncviewer  
application will expect you to type the password for that username when connecting  
to the Xvnc server, rather than the root password.  
In this way, you can give administrators for the SunPCi cards full access to them  
without having to give them the root password to the machine in which they are  
installed. If the accounts you specify are not NIS or NIS+ accounts but rather local  
accounts, the accounts must have read access to the /etc/shadowpassword file.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
121  
To configure VNC to run under the sunpciadminaccount, in the group  
sunpcigroup, with the home directory /home/sunpciadmin, you would modify  
the following VNC section into the /etc/Master.inifile as follows:  
[VNC]  
CmdLineArgs=-geometry 1152x900 -depth 24  
DisplayNum=10  
StartupScript=/opt/SUNWspci3/bin/VNCStartup  
UID=sunpciadmin  
;User ID  
GID=sunpcigroup  
;Group ID  
HomeDir=/home/sunpciadmin  
AutoStart=Disabled  
;Home directory  
This configuration information would set the SunPCi daemon to start up the Xvnc  
server running at 1152 x 900 pixel resolution, with a pixel depth of 24 bits per pixel.  
The server would accept connections for display number 10 (DISPLAY=  
hostname:10). The process would run under the sunpciadminaccount, in the  
group sunpcigroup, with the home directory /home/sunpciadmin, and the  
daemon would also run the /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/VNCStartupscript to start up  
the CDE window manager and an xtermterminal emulator.  
You can add other entries for the Xvnc server, for example, one that tells Xvnc to use  
a foreign language keyboard key table. For example, if the person who will be  
administering the SunPCi cards has a Sun German Type 5 keyboard, you would  
modify the CmdLineArgsentry as follows:  
CmdLineArgs=-geometry 1152x900 -depth 24 -keytable Germany5  
The X11 key table files are located in the /usr/openwin/share/etc/keytables  
directory. See the Xvncman page for other Xvnccommand options.  
After you have configured VNC, you must enable it, which will cause the SunPCi  
daemon to start running the Xvnc server. To enable VNC for Boot@Boot use the  
following command:  
# /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpcidadm -e VNC  
This changes the AutoStartline in the /etc/Master.inifile to Enabled, and  
instructs the SunPCi daemon to reprocess the file and spawn the Xvnc server process  
with the configuration specified in the file. Once this is done, you can run the  
vncviewer to interact with any X applications that are displaying to the Xvnc server.  
122 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Preparing SunPCi III Cards for Boot@Boot  
Support  
and unique .inifile and a matching C: drive (and optionally a D: drive). By  
convention, the .inifile for Cardn is named cardn.ini, and is located in the ~/pc  
directory for the username under which the SunPCi session or sessions will run.  
Note – Remember you must create a new .inifile for each card. Refer to “How to  
Create an .iniFile Using the -nOption” on page 24 for further information.  
For example, if the SunPCi sessions run under the root account, the .inifile for  
Card1 is /pc/card1.ini. The C: drive that is referenced by the card1.inifile can  
be anywhere on an accessible file system, but for best performance, the file system  
should be physically connected to the machine in which the cards are installed.  
For example, the path to a C: drive with the Windows 2000 operating system  
installed on it for Card1 might be /files/drives/C.Win2K.diskimage, and the  
/pc/card1.inifile would contain the following entry:  
[Drives]  
C drive = /files/drives/C.Win2K.diskimage  
After you have created the appropriate cardn.inifile or files, installed the  
operating, you can configure the cards for Boot@Boot support. See “Configuring  
Multiple Cards With SunPCi III Software” on page 23.  
Configuring SunPCi III Cards for Boot@Boot  
Support  
As with VNC support, you must add each card individually and then enable it to  
run. To add Boot@Boot support for a card, you use the sunpcidadmcommand with  
the -aoption.  
For example, to add Boot@Boot support for Card1, use the following command:  
# /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpcidadm -a card1  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
123  
       
This adds the following information to the already existing configuration  
information for Card1 in the /etc/Master.inifile:  
[Card1]  
CmdLineArgs=-p /pc/card1.ini -c card1 -xwait  
AutoStart=Disabled  
UID=root  
GID=root  
HomeDir=/  
;User ID  
;Group ID  
;Home directory  
This information instructs the SunPCi daemon that Card1 is to be added to its  
internal list to handle. As with VNC, when you add Boot@Boot support for a card,  
the card is configured with AutoStartdisabled. Again, this is to give the person  
who will configure the card the opportunity to customize the way the SunPCi  
software will run on the card, before starting the SunPCi software.  
The information shown above, which was added to the Card1 section of the  
/etc/Master.inifile, contains many of the same items that are in the VNC  
section. The UID, GIDand HomeDirentries, as well as the CmdLineArgsand  
AutoStartoptions, are all common to both, and act similarly.  
For example, under normal circumstances, if you change the UID, GID, or HomeDir  
entries in the VNC section, make the same changes for each card that is configured  
for Boot@Boot.  
After you have configured one or more cards properly, you can enable them using  
the sunpcidadmcommand with the -eoption. Unlike the -aoption, which you can  
use to add only one card at a time, you can use the -eoption to enable multiple  
cards at once.  
For example, if two cards, Card1 and Card2, are configured for Boot@Boot support,  
you can enable both at the same time by using the following command:  
# /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpcidadm -e card1 card2  
After you issue this command, the SunPCi daemon will start SunPCi sessions on  
both cards.  
Note – If the card has AutoStartenabled in the /etc/Master.inifile, be sure  
that the SunPCi software is not running on the card when you use the sunpcidadm  
-eoption to enable the card. If AutoStartis enabled on a card that is running, the  
daemon will fail to start the SunPCi software on that card.  
124 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
Listing Boot@Boot Sessions  
If you want to see which SunPCi sessions are running, along with the process IDs of  
the sessions, use the following command:  
# /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpcidadm -l  
The system returns a listing similar to the following:  
sunpcid:  
VNC:  
Card1:  
Card2:  
#
pid = 1131  
pid = 1134  
pid = 1135  
pid = 1136  
Disabling Boot@Boot Support for VNC or for  
SunPCi III Cards  
If it is necessary to shut down one or more SunPCi sessions (for example, to make a  
copy of C: drives for backup purposes), the SunPCi daemon must be set to disable  
the AutoStartcapability. Otherwise, if a SunPCi session is shut down the SunPCi  
daemon will attempt to restart it automatically. To disable AutoStartcapability for  
a SunPCi card or for the Xvnc server, use the sunpcidadmcommand with the -d  
option. You can use the -doption to disable multiple cards at a time.  
For example, to disable Card1 and Card2, you would use the following command:  
# /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpcidadm -d card1 card2  
This command modifies the AutoStartentries in the Card1and Card2sections to  
be Disabled. Note that the SunPCi sessions for each card continue to run, and will  
continue to run until they are shut down by some other means.  
Shutting Down a VNC or SunPCi III Session  
There are several ways to shut down a VNC or SunPCi session.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
125  
           
To shut down a SunPCi or VNC session without interacting with SunPCi software or  
VNC directly through vncviewer, use the sunpcidadmcommand with the -D  
option. This marks the session as Disabledin the /etc/Master.inifile, and also  
requests that the SunPCi daemon perform an orderly shutdown procedure on the  
session.  
To shut down a session on Cardn, use the following command:  
# /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpcidadm -D cardn  
Note that this disables AutoStarton Cardn, so to restart the session on Cardn, or  
have it booted automatically on the next reboot, you must reenable Cardn using the  
sunpcidadm -ecommand.  
To shut down down VNC, use the following command:  
# /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpcidadm -D VNC  
If you shut down VNC in this manner, all current SunPCi sessions are also shut  
down in an orderly manner.  
Shutting Down the SunPCi Daemon Process  
If it is necessary to shut down the SunPCi daemon process (for example, to upgrade  
the SunPCi software to a new release), either use the sunpcidadmcommand  
directly, with the -tor -Toption, or indirectly, by using the -stopoption with the  
/etc/init.d/sunpci3.serverscript.  
The -tand -Toptions to the sunpcidadmcommand instruct the SunPCi daemon  
process to perform orderly shutdowns on all running SunPCi sessions, and then  
terminates. The difference between the two options is that -twaits for all sessions to  
terminate before returning to the calling shell, whereas the -Toption instructs the  
daemon to terminate all sessions and return to the calling shell immediately.  
Terminating the SunPCi daemon process does not modify the Boot@Boot  
configuration information in the /etc/Master.inifile. If you restart the SunPCi  
daemon by using the sunpcidadmcommand with no options and put it in the  
background, or by invoking the /etc/init.d/sunpci3.serverscript with the  
-startoption, any enabled sessions will be restarted. This is the mechanism that is  
used to shut down SunPCi sessions during a normal Solaris system shutdown.  
126 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
Making Manual Changes to the Boot@Boot  
Configuration  
You can edit the /etc/Master.inifile in order to modify the following:  
The DisplayNumfor Xvnc to use if there is already an existing display using that  
number (for instance, on a Sun Ray server)  
The StartupScriptto use (the default is  
/opt/SUNWspci3/bin/VNCStartup)  
The command-line arguments for starting SunPCi (for example, to add the  
-title title_stringoption for the window manager decorations or to use a  
different .inifile with the -poption)  
The command-line arguments for VNC (for example, to make VNC display at a  
different resolution, such as 1280 x 1024)  
If it is necessary to make changes manually to the Boot@Boot configuration  
information in the /etc/Master.inifile, for example, to change the configuration  
file that is to be used by Card1 from /pc/card1.inito /pc/Win2K.ini, the  
SunPCi daemon will not immediately process those changes, as it has no knowledge  
that the changes have taken place.  
To inform the SunPCi software process that these changes have occurred, you must  
use the sunpcidadmcommand with the -roption. This tells the SunPCi daemon  
that it must reread the /etc/Master.inifile and reconfigure itself appropriately.  
Note that any change does not take place until the modified sessions are restarted, so  
to use the new /pc/Win2K.inifile, you must shut down and restart the SunPCi  
session for Card1 using either the SunPCi graphical user interface or the  
sunpcidadmcommand with the -Doption.  
Using an X Server Other Than Xvnc  
To use an X server other than Xvnc for a SunPCi card, you must add a line such as  
the following to the section for that card in the /etc/Master.inifile:  
DisplayName=hostname:displaynum  
For example, to configure Card1 to display on the X server running on the console of  
the host named xyzzyyou would add an entry to the [Card1] section of the  
/etc/Master.inifile that would read DisplayName=xyzzy:0.  
Note – Only Sun X servers and VNC are supported.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
127  
       
How to Interact With VNC From a Remote  
Client  
1. Install the SUNWspvn3package on the remote client.  
The client system need not contain any SunPCi III cards, but it may.  
2. Go to the vncviewer by going to the following path:  
# /opt/SUNWspvn3/bin  
A dialog box appears that asks for the Xvnc server name, and for the password of  
the user under whose account the Xvnc server is running on the server.  
To supply this information directly on the command line, use a command similar to  
the following:  
# vncviewer vncserverhostname:displaynum  
Replace vncserverhostname with the name of the server running VNC, and replace  
displaynum with the number of the display to use. For example:  
# vncviewer xyz:10  
Extended Drives and SunPCi III  
Software  
An extended drive is a mapping of a Windows or Linux drive letter to a directory in  
the Solaris file system. With extended drives, you can share applications and data  
files between the Solaris operating environment and operating systems. The SunPCi  
III program permits up to 22 extended drives for storing applications and files.  
There are two kinds of extended drives: file system drives and network drives. This  
section describes both types of drives. Both are mapped using Windows Explorer.  
128 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
         
A file system drive is an extended drive that maps to directories on any Solaris file  
system mounted on the local host.  
To map a file system drive in Microsoft Windows, refer to “How to Access Solaris  
Files and Directories in Microsoft Windows” on page 129.  
Network Drives  
A network drive is an extended drive that you mount to a SunPCi III PC (emulated  
PC) or real PC directory. To mount a network drive, you need the following:  
SunPCi or a PC running NET BEUI (a Microsoft supplied network protocol),  
making sure that Client for Microsoft Sharing and File and Printer Sharing are  
enabled. Refer to Microsoft Windows documentation for further information.  
Solaris operating environment running Samba or PC NetLink software.  
Refer to operating system documentation for information about mapping network  
drives and mounting and sharing network drives with an emulated PC. Also refer to  
Samba and PC NetLink documentation for additional information about mounting  
and sharing network drives.  
How to Access Solaris Files and Directories in  
Microsoft Windows  
In Microsoft Windows, you need to specify that a file system drive is mounted on  
your Solaris system. This is done by specifying localhostas the device-node in the  
UNC path specification.  
Note – For information on accessing files with Microsoft Windows server products,  
refer to “Using SunFSD for Mapping Between Solaris and Microsoft Windows” on  
page 96.  
To map a file system drive, perform the following procedure.  
1. From the Start menu, choose Programs, and choose Windows Explorer.  
The Windows Explorer window opens.  
2. From the Tools menu, choose Map Network Drive.  
The Map Network Drive dialog box opens.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
129  
           
3. Click on the arrow to the right of the Drive field.  
A list of unassigned drive letters opens in the menu.  
4. Scroll down the list until you find the drive letter you want, and then click to  
choose it.  
The drive letter opens in the Drive field.  
5. Type the following path into the Path field, substituting the names of your  
directory and subdirectory:  
\\localhost\directory\subdirectory  
For example, to map a drive to /home/joeuser on your Sun system, use this path:  
\\localhost\home\joeuser  
6. If you want this drive to map automatically whenever you start SunPCi III  
software, click the check box next to “Reconnect at logon.”  
7. Click OK.  
The new file system drive appears in the Windows Explorer window the next time  
you open Windows Explorer.  
Using the Copy and Paste Commands  
for the Japanese Locale  
The SunPCi software enables you to configure copy and paste for the Japanese locale  
for Microsoft Windows.  
Copy and paste commands do not work on server products for security reasons.  
Note – Font information is not passed along in copy and paste operations. Special  
characters and fonts might produce unexpected results when copied and pasted  
between UNIX and Microsoft Windows. For best results, use plain text.  
130 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
How to Configure Japanese Copy and Paste  
Between Microsoft Windows and Solaris  
To configure Japanese copy and paste functions, perform the following procedure.  
1. Exit SunPCi III software.  
2. Using the text editor of your choice, open the $HOME/pc/SunPC.inifile.  
3. Add the following lines to the end of the file:  
[CopyAndPaste]  
CodeSet=eucJP  
4. Save your changes and close the file.  
The next time you start the SunPCi III 3.2.1 software, the Japanese copy and paste  
functions should work.  
Note – Make sure that the CodeSetline specifies eucJP, as shown in Step 3. If you  
try to substitute a different code or mistype the characters, Microsoft Windows  
returns the following message: Warning, bad clipboard translation  
codeset specified in SunPC.ini file: codeset. Ignoring. If you see  
this message, click OK to continue. Microsoft Windows continues to work, but  
Japanese copy and paste support is not enabled.  
Printing From Microsoft Windows or  
Linux Using Solaris Printers  
This section explains how to configure your Microsoft Windows settings with  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 software so that you can print using your Sun systems network  
printer.  
When connecting a printer from your Sun system, do one of the following:  
Connect the printer to the SunPCi III hardware to print from Microsoft Windows.  
Connect the printer to the non-Sun hardware to print from Solaris.  
There are hardware compatibility issues, particularly drivers, that might not work  
properly if you try to print from Microsoft Windows when you are connected to the  
non-SunPCi III Sun hardware.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
131  
             
Tip – For information about printing from Solaris with Linux, refer to your Linux  
documentation.  
Note – If you are trying to print and the network is busy, there might be delays in  
printing, as well as delays in retrieving printer status and printer queue contents.  
Note – SunPCi III 3.2.1 software does not support printing from DOS to a UNIX  
printer. It is possible to choose that option during the setup process, but it will not  
function.  
How to Set Up a Solaris Printer From Microsoft  
Windows  
1. From the Start menu, choose Settings, and then choose Printers.  
The Printers window opens.  
2. Double-click the Add New Printer icon.  
The Printer Wizard dialog box opens.  
3. Select Network Printer, click Next, select Browse for a Printer, and then click Next.  
The Connect to Printer window opens.  
4. Double-click Entire Network to display all of the domains connected to your  
network.  
5. Locate Sunpci Host in the list of domains.  
Click the plus sign (+) next to the name Sunpci Host to show the list of systems in  
the domain.  
6. Locate the name of the system (print server) that corresponds to the printer you  
want to use.  
7. Double-click that system name to show the printer connected to the machine.  
Make sure that you know the model of the printer you are using so that you can  
choose the correct printer driver.  
132 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
 
8. Click the system name, then click OK. Follow the instructions described in the  
Printer Wizard dialog boxes.  
You are now ready to use your Sun systems network printer as a Microsoft  
Windows printer.  
For more information, refer to Microsoft Windows documentation.  
Avoid Using Screen Savers  
Avoid using a Microsoft Windows screen saver program in a SunPCi III window that  
you minimize. When the window is not displayed, the screen saver program  
continues to consume system resources unnecessarily.  
If you use the Windows 2000 or Windows XP Professional power-saving mode to  
power down your monitor, avoid using the 3D Maze screen saver. That screen saver  
conflicts with the power-saving mode timer and does not allow the monitor to go  
into the power-saving mode.  
Certain 3D screen savers display slowly in the Windows 2000 and Windows XP  
Professional operating systems. This is expected behavior and does not interfere  
with screen saver functionality.  
Note – To avoid any potential conflicts with screen savers and SunPCi, disable  
screen savers while using SunPCi.  
Chapter 11 Using SunPCi III Software  
133  
   
134 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
APPENDIX  
A
Troubleshooting  
“SunPCi III Software and Microsoft Windows Issues” on page 150  
“Red Hat Linux Issues” on page 154  
“Windows XP Professional, Windows 2000, and Windows Server 2003 Issues” on  
page 162  
“Windows Networking and SunFSD Issues” on page 172  
“Microsoft Windows Application Issues” on page 178  
Support for Issues  
If you have a question or encounter an issue with the SunPCi III 3.2.1 product,  
please contact your support provider. Include the following information in your  
email:  
What you observed, including any error messages that were displayed  
The application you were using (including the application version number)  
What you were doing in the application at the time the issue occurred  
Steps to re-create the issue (very important)  
The log file for the SunPCi session  
135  
         
SunPCi III 3.2.1 software creates a separate log file for each card installed in your  
system. By default, logging is enabled, log files are named Cardn.log(where n is  
the number of the SunPCi III card), and log files are placed in the directory  
/var/preserve/sunpcilogs. If a fatal issue occurs, a message should be posted  
to the log file, the Console window, and the Launch window. In such a case, please  
attach the entire log file to your email message or bug report.  
The logging configuration file is /etc/opt/SUNWspci3/log.conf, and has the  
following default contents:  
; This file controls the SunPCi logging feature. It allows logging to  
; be enabled (the default) or disabled. In the LogConfig section below,  
; uncomment the Status = Disabled line to disable all SunPCi logging.  
;
; The log file destination can also be changed. Uncomment the Directory  
; entry below and change the directory to any directory with world read  
; and write permissions. Log files will be created in the specified  
; directory. The default directory is /var/preserve/sunpcilogs/  
[LogConfig]  
; Status = Disabled  
; Directory = /var/preserve/sunpcilogs/  
Follow the directions in the file to disable logging or to change the log file  
destination.  
“Mouse Issues” on page 138  
“Diskette Drive Issue” on page 138  
“CD-ROM Drive Issues” on page 139  
Video Display Issues” on page 139  
“Power Management Error Message” on page 141  
“USB and Firewire Connection Issues” on page 141  
136 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Hardware Error Messages  
The following table shows some error messages that result from hardware issues,  
possible causes of those issues, and solutions.  
TABLE A-1 SunPCi III Hardware Error Messages and Solutions  
Error Message  
Possible Cause  
Solution  
Driver not found.  
Can’t attach to  
device.  
Your system cannot identify the PCI device. Remove and reinstall your  
Your SunPCi III card might not be properly  
seated in the PCI slot.  
SunPCi III card as described in  
the SunPCi III Quick Start  
Installation Guide.  
The SunPCi III  
This message might appear for one of the  
following reasons:  
Perform a corresponding action:  
drivers could not be  
loaded. Is another  
session running?  
• Quit the other session before  
running SunPCi III software  
again.  
You already have a SunPCi III session  
running.  
You removed the SunPCi III card and  
then reinstalled it in a different PCI slot in  
your system.  
• If possible, remove the card  
and install it into the PCI slot it  
first occupied.  
You started SunPCi III software without  
first restarting your system after you  
installed the card.  
• Log in as superuser, type halt  
at the # prompt to halt your  
system again, and restart at the  
okprompt using boot -r.  
Driver couldn’t be  
loaded. SunPCi III  
cannot open the  
device.  
Your SunPCi III card might not be properly  
seated in the PCI slot.  
Make sure that the card is  
securely seated in the PCI slot.  
System could not  
transfer file data  
from buffers.  
You have run out of disk space on your  
host file system.  
Make more space on your host  
file system.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
137  
     
Mouse Issues  
TABLE A-2 lists some common mouse issues, possible causes, and solutions.  
TABLE A-2 Mouse Issues and Solutions  
Issue  
Possible Cause  
Solution  
Two mouse cursors  
appear on the SunPCi III  
desktop.  
You have not yet attached the mouse.  
To use the mouse before installing the  
drivers, press Meta-M. After installing  
the drivers, the mouse operates  
normally. If two mouse cursors  
Display Driver was loaded incorrectly  
or Windows booted in Safe Mode.  
Refer to “Double Mouse Pointer  
Issue” on page 164.  
Windows 2000 pointer  
moves slowly.  
Pointer moves slowly when the display is Refer to “Double Mouse Pointer  
set to 16-bit or 24-bit mode.  
Issue” on page 164.  
Mouse pointer  
You might have not yet installed the  
SunPCi III software drivers for Microsoft  
Windows or Linux when performing an  
upgrade or custom installation.  
Refer to the chapter about using the  
operating system for information  
about how to install the drivers. After  
you finish installing the drivers, the  
mouse pointer movement appears  
much smoother.  
movements appear jerky  
after SunPCi III  
installation.  
Diskette Drive Issue  
SunPCi III software and the Solaris Volume Manager program (vold) tend to  
conflict with each other for control of the diskette drive. Volume Manager provides  
automatic mounting services for peripheral devices attached to your system, such as  
a diskette drive.  
The conflict arises when Volume Manager support is enabled on your system and  
you attempt to access a diskette drive through a SunPCi III window. In such  
instances, an error message opens and the diskette access fails.  
By default, when SunPCi III software is installed, Volume Manager support is  
disabled for a diskette drive, and so most users do not encounter an issue. However,  
it is possible to reenable Volume Manager on your system, and thus encounter the  
issue at a later time.  
If Volume Manager support for a diskette drive is re-enabled on your system, and  
you encounter issues accessing a diskette drive through SunPCi III software, try  
disabling Volume Manager and restarting the SunPCi III window. If the issue  
persists, try disabling Volume Manager and rebooting your system.  
138 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
         
To disable the Solaris Volume Manager, perform the following steps:  
1. Make sure that SunPCi III software is not running.  
2. Become superuser.  
3. Disable Volume Manager by entering the following command:  
# /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/vold_floppy_disable  
4. Exit superuser.  
5. Restart all SunPCi III software.  
CD-ROM Drive Issues  
TABLE A-3 describes some issues you might encounter with CD-ROM drives, possible  
causes, and solutions.  
TABLE A-3 CD-ROM Drive Issues and Solutions  
Issue  
Possible Cause  
Solution  
When you insert or eject a CD in one CD- You have two SCSI CD-  
You need to select which CD-ROM  
drive to use with SunPCi III  
software.  
ROM drive, the other CD-ROM drive  
becomes unreachable.  
ROM drives in your  
system.  
When you insert a DVD into the CD-ROM  
drive, it does not work.  
SunPCi III software only  
supports DVD data discs.  
Use only data formatted DVD discs.  
Video Display Issues  
When you use a remote display of SunPCi III session, use a Sun system as the  
display device. If you run a remote display of SunPCi III session using a non-Sun  
system, performance might be poor or might not work at all.  
The remote display of a SunPCi III session is only supported when the display  
device is a Sun system.  
24-Bit Display on Sun Blade Workstations  
On Sun Blade™ workstations with an M64 frame buffer, follow this procedure to  
display 24-bit color in the SunPCi III window:  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
139  
         
1. Open a Terminal window and log in as root.  
2. Open the file /usr/dt/config/Xserversin a text editor and edit the last line of  
the file so that it appears as follows:  
:0 Local local_uid@console root /usr/openwin/bin/Xsun :0  
-nobanner -dev /dev/fb defdepth 24  
3. Save and close the file.  
4. Type the following command to find out the current resolution setting:  
# m64config -prconf  
5. Type the following command to set the display to 24-bit color:  
# m64config -depth 24 -res current-resolution-setting  
Use the resolution setting that was returned by the command m64config -prconf.  
For example, type: m64config -depth 24 -res 1152x900x76.  
6. Type the following command to confirm that the depth of the root window has  
changed to 24 planes:  
# xdpyinfo  
7. Restart the system.  
External Video Resolutions  
TABLE A-4 shows the external VGA display resolutions that SunPCi III software  
supports. For best results, increase the amount of available video memory from  
8 Mbytes (the default) to 32 Mbytes. To make this change, refer to “Running Game  
Software on the SunPCi III Platform” on page 199.  
Note – Remember that increasing your video memory decreases the amount of  
available system memory. Refer to “Increasing System Memory” on page 197 for  
more information.  
140 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
 
Before you change the resolution or display depth of your monitor, be sure to shut  
down all running applications and save your work. You do not need to test a new  
setting before applying it. The following table shows the available resolutions.  
TABLE A-4 External Video Resolutions (VIA S3 Graphics ProSavage DDR)  
Color Depth  
Resolution (Pixels)  
640 x 480  
(Number of Colors)  
8, 16, 32  
8, 16, 32  
8, 16, 32  
8, 16, 32  
8, 16, 32  
8, 16  
800 x 600  
1024 x 768  
1280 x 1024  
1600 x 1200  
1920 x 1440  
Power Management Error Message  
If SunPCi III 3.2.1 is running (so the SunPCi III card is booted) and you attempt to  
exit or suspend the Sun system, the operation fails and the sunpci3drvsoftware  
displays this message to the console window:  
sunpci3drv: sunpci_detach() Can’t Suspend, there are N sessions  
running.  
Exit the SunPCi III 3.2.1 window before shutting down your system.  
USB and Firewire Connection Issues  
If you are having difficulty with either the USB or Firewire, or if you cannot connect  
these devices (such as digital cameras or external CD-RW drives), make sure that the  
SunPCi main card and USB/ Firewire Card and Backplate are seated and installed  
correctly.  
During installation, sometimes one of the two cards might unseat itself when the  
other is installed and seated.  
Before completing installation, always verify that both cards are seated in the PCI  
slots properly.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
141  
     
“Configuring Virtual Networking Using SunPCi III Software” on page 147  
“System Clock and Daylight Savings Time Issue” on page 148  
“Unexpected Power Failure Issue” on page 149  
“Colormap Flashing With IDEAS Software” on page 149  
“Issues With Mixing Existing SunPCi Emulated Drives and New Cards” on  
page 149  
Backing Up an Emulated C: Drive” on page 150  
Installation Error Message  
You might see the following error message in your Console window during or after  
installation of SunPCi III software. Refer to the actions you can perform to fix the  
issue.  
Driver failed to attach.  
This message might appear for the following reasons:  
The Sun system needs to be restarted after installation. Reboot your Sun system  
using the Solaris boot -rcommand and then restart the SunPCi III software.  
The SunPCi III card is not seated securely in the PCI slot. Reseat the card.  
If neither of the above actions helps, your SunPCi III card might be defective.  
Refer to the SunPCi III Quick Start Installation Guide for information about service.  
You might need to update the system OpenBoot™ Programmable Read-Only  
Memory (PROM). Ask your service provider if an updated OpenBoot PROM is  
available for your system configuration.  
142 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
Startup Error Messages  
When starting SunPCi III 3.2.1 software, you might encounter one of the following  
error messages.  
TABLE A-5 Startup Error Messages and Solutions  
Message  
Solution  
Command not found  
Make sure that the SunPCi III program directory—by default,  
/opt/SUNWspci3/bin— is in your environment $PATH. Refer to your Solaris  
documentation for instructions on how to set up your $PATHvariable.  
Correct Solaris  
Installation  
Required  
If you do not have the correct Solaris installation on your Sun system, you will  
encounter issues when attempting to start SunPCi III software. SunPCi III software  
requires at least the End User System, Developer System, or Entire Distribution  
installation of Solaris software. SunPCi III software does not run when you only  
have the Core System installed. Ask your system administrator for assistance in  
determining which system is installed on your Sun system.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
143  
     
Emulated Hard Drive Issues  
The following table describes information about large emulated drives.  
TABLE A-6 Emulated Hard Drive Issues and Solutions  
Issue Description  
Explanation  
Solution  
I just created a new 8- DOS can only recognize file  
Gbyte emulated drive, sizes of up to 2 Gbytes while  
Refer to “FAT16 File System Limitation Issue” on  
page 151. You need to partition your emulated drive.  
The remaining 6 Gbytes in your emulated drive file  
are available to create additional partitions.  
but I can only  
doing a FAT installation.  
see 2 Gbytes. Why?  
You could also do a fresh installation of the  
operating system using NTFS auto-install.  
Are dual-boot  
emulated drivers  
supported?  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 software does If you want to run different versions of Microsoft  
not support dual-boot  
emulated drives.  
Windows, create an emulated drive for each  
operating system and install the operating system  
and applications to the emulated drive. To switch  
between operating systems, from the Options menu,  
choose Use the Attach Drive command.  
Disk error message:  
Attaching Drive  
C.  
Changing the permissions  
keeps other users from being  
able to attach drive C: even  
when you are not using the  
SunPCi III program.  
To change permissions on drive C:, type the  
following in a command window:  
% chmod 600 ~/pc/C.diskimage  
This command makes the drive inaccessible to other  
users.  
Disk error message:  
Non-system disk  
or disk error at  
startup.  
Your C: drive might be  
corrupted or you have a non- default C: drive file in $HOME/pc  
bootable diskette in drive A:. (~/pc/sunpc.ini) and then restart the software.  
If you do not have a diskette in drive A:, delete the  
I just created a new 8- SunPCi automatically creates  
You need to create a new 2-Gbyte partition for your  
operating system. Refer to “FAT16 File System  
Limitation Issue” on page 151.  
Gbyte FAT emulated  
drive and installed  
Microsoft Windows.  
Now my OS partition  
wont boot. Why?  
a 2-Gbyte partition when you  
create a new emulated disk  
file, using the first 2 Gbytes of  
the new disk. If you installed  
Microsoft Windows on the  
other partition, DOS does not  
recognize it, and the SunPCi  
III software does not boot  
from that partition.  
You could also do a fresh installation of the  
operating system using NTFS auto-install.  
Is there a limit to the  
number of partitions  
on a single emulated  
drive?  
No, there is no limit to the  
number of partitions, but  
there are other limitations.  
If you want to create multiple partitions on an  
emulated drive, you need to use PartitionMagic.  
Remember that Microsoft Windows and DOS only  
recognize the 26 drive letters, and that some are  
already mapped by default (such as A:, C:, D: or E:).  
Refer to PartitionMagic documentation.  
144 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Using Multiple Operating Systems  
If you want to use multiple versions of operating systems with SunPCi software, the  
best method is to install each operating system on a separate emulated drive file.  
Loading multiple operating systems on a single drive is not recommended. When  
you want to change operating systems, from the Options menu, choose Attach a  
Hard Drive command to change emulated drives.  
For example, if you want to “dual-boot” SunPCi III software with Windows XP  
Professional or Windows 2000, create another C: drive. When you want to run one of  
those operating systems, from the Options menu, choose Attach a Hard Drive  
command to choose the C: drive file that has the corresponding operating system  
installed on it. Then reset the SunPCi III software.  
Note – In order to use the multiple versions of Microsoft Windows or Linux  
installed onto separate partitions, you need to install a boot drive partitioning utility.  
BootMagic, which is packaged with PartitionMagic, and ServerMagic have been  
tested on SunPCi III software.  
Creating Bootable Partitions  
A bootable partition is a disk partition on which you have installed a supported  
operating system. Each version of Microsoft Windows or Linux has its own  
requirements for bootable partitions. Operating system documentation and the  
PartitionMagic User Guide contain detailed information about the requirements of  
each operating system. If you are using PartitionMagic for your disk utility, consult  
the User Guide and the Help function in the application for more information about  
bootable partitions.  
Solaris Stale Links Issue  
If you have stale links to files in your Sun systems file system (such as symbolic  
links to files or directories that you have deleted or moved), update or remove the  
links. Otherwise, browsing in the file system can cause Microsoft Windows to freeze.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
145  
     
Missing Master.iniFile After Factory  
Installation  
If you have SunPCi III 3.2.1 software preinstalled or if you install the SunPCi III 3.2.1  
software before the hardware, the/etc/Master.inifile will not get created and  
you will receive the following message when attempting to first open SunPCi III:  
ERROR, there are no cards specified in the Master.ini file.  
To run SunPCi III 3.2.1 software properly, you must force the reloading of the  
SunPCi Solaris driver, as well as the creation of the /etc/Master.inifile by doing  
the following:  
1. Go to the /opt/SUNWspci3/drivers/solarisdirectory in SunPCi III 3.2.1  
software.  
2. Type the sunpcloadcommand.  
Note – You must be superuser for the sunpcloadcommand to work properly.  
This command reloads the Solaris driver for SunPCi III 3.2.1 software and creates the  
/etc/Master.inifile, which contains the configuration information needed to  
properly run SunPCi III 3.2.1 software.  
Sun Blade Workstation and Sun Enterprise Server  
Software Issue  
If you have a SunPCi III card preinstalled in a Sun Blade™ workstation or a  
Sun Enterprise™ server or if the software version is not SunPCi III 3.2.1, you might  
need to install the SunPCi III 3.2.1 software after you configure your preinstalled  
Solaris image.  
To verify whether your SunPCi III software is already installed, type the  
following command at the system prompt:  
% pkginfo -l SUNWspci3  
146 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
If your system returns a message similar to the following message, you need to  
install the SunPCi III 3.2.1 software from the CD:  
ERROR: information for SUNWspci3  
Multiple Cards and Microsoft Windows Issue  
In multiple card installations, select one of many configuration (.ini)files, which  
reference the desired emulated drives by using the sunpci-pcommand option.  
Configuring Virtual Networking Using SunPCi III  
Software  
If you are installing SunPCi III 3.2.1 software on an Sun system with more than one  
network interface, the SunPCi III startup script displays the following message:  
SunPCi: This machine has multiple network interfaces. If you are  
using SunPC networking, you need to set the environment variable  
NVL_INTERFACE to indicate the desired network interface. Type  
netstat -i for a list of interfaces on this machine.  
Enter the interface name into the script, for example if the netstat-icommand  
returns one of the following names: hme0, hme1,or eri0,then enter the name into  
the script. Be sure to use the correct Ethernet name, especially if you are planning on  
using virtual networking. Virtual networking shares the Sun systems Ethernet port.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
147  
   
Xinerama Display Issues  
You might encounter any or all of the three following display issues with Xinerama:  
When using SunPCi III during an Xinerama session, the mouse can behave  
erratically if the SunPCi III session is set to display on the non-default (right-side)  
frame buffer. To avoid this issue, when using SunPCi III during an Xinerama  
session, set the SunPCi III display to the default (left-side) frame buffer.  
When using any supported operating system, you may encounter display issues  
after opening the Screen Saver tab within the Display Properties dialog box. The  
Windows desktop might become blank. This is a known issue with Xinerama and  
is currently under investigation.  
When using any supported operating system, you may encounter display issues  
when moving the mouse within the Windows desktop when running in 24 bit  
color quality.  
To solve this problem, from the Windows Control Panel, do the following:  
1. Click “Switch to Classic View” under the Control Panel heading in the upper left  
side of the Control Panel window.  
The traditional Control Panel window opens.  
2. Click the Mouse icon.  
The Mouse Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Pointers tab.  
4. Uncheck the “Enable Pointer shadow” check box.  
5. Click Apply.  
6. Click OK in the Mouse Properties dialog box.  
7. Close the Control Panel window.  
System Clock and Daylight Savings Time Issue  
If you shut down a SunPCi III session before a Daylight Savings Time (DST) change,  
and then restart after the DST change, the first SunPCi III session after the time  
change displays a two-hour difference (that is, in the fall, the display time is two  
hours earlier instead of one hour earlier; in the spring, the display time is two hours  
later, instead of one hour later). However, for subsequent sessions, the clock displays  
correctly.  
If the SunPCi III session is running through the time change, the system time is  
adjusted correctly.  
148 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
Unexpected Power Failure Issue  
When an unexpected power failure occurs on your Sun system, the following  
message might appear:  
Opening a SunPCi window...  
ERROR, There are no cards specified in the Master.ini file  
please run sunpcload again using the following commands:  
cd /opt/SUNWspci3/drivers/solaris  
./sunpcload  
To fix this issue, power-cycle your Sun system.  
Note – When this issue occurs, the LED indicator on the SunPCi III main card  
backplate is not lit.  
Colormap Flashing With IDEAS Software  
If you run the IDEAS software package at the same time as SunPCi software, you  
might experience colormap interactions which make the IDEAS menus unreadable.  
To avoid this problem on an X11 display which supports both 8 and 24 bit depths,  
set the environment variable to NO8BIT.  
Issues With Mixing Existing SunPCi Emulated  
Drives and New Cards  
Depending on the date and type of your SunPCi III card and when you created your  
emulated drive, you might have two different issues arise when you replace a  
SunPCi card and use an existing emulated drive.  
If you create an emulated drive on one SunPCi card and run it on a different card,  
you might encounter one of the following issues.  
A warning from SunPCi that the MAC address has changed. This message  
informs you that the configuration of the card used to create the emulated drive  
might differ from the configuration of the card currently in use.  
If this issue arises, use the -B(formerly -bindmac) command so that the MAC  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
149  
     
address in the emulated drive can be rewritten. Refer to the SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users  
Guide, specifically the “Using SunPCi III Software” chapter for information about  
SunPCi command options.  
The Windows Plug and Play Manager opens stating that new hardware devices are  
found. This happens when new devices are plugged in to a SunPCi card or when  
components on the original SunPCi card differ from those components on the card  
currently in use. If this issue arises, accept the Microsoft Windows Wizard defaults  
to resolve the issue.  
Backing Up an Emulated C: Drive  
After you install your operating system, you can make a copy of the disk image of  
your C: drive to keep a backup copy of the drive.  
1. Locate the disk image of your C: drive.  
The disk image is located in the ~/ pcdirectory within your home directory. To view  
the contents of the directory, type the following commands:  
% cd ~/pc  
% cat SunPC.ini (or the name of the particular .inifile for this C: drive)  
A list of files opens, including the name you assigned to your C: drive during  
installation.  
2. Make a copy of the file.  
Type the following command, substituting the name of your hard disk and the name  
you want to assign to the copy:  
% cp C.diskimage C.diskimage.copy  
This section includes the following topics:  
FAT16 File System Limitation Issue” on page 151  
“Application Installation to Solaris File System Issues” on page 151  
“Displaying Shortname Tails” on page 152  
150 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
“Opening in Safe Mode Only Starts in External Monitor” on page 152  
“Switching to External Video Monitor After Entering Stand By Mode Displays as  
a Blank Window” on page 153  
“SunPCi III Card Stuck in Stand By Mode in Multi-Card Environment” on  
page 153  
“Keyboard Sometimes Disappears When Leaving Stand By Mode” on page 154  
FAT16 File System Limitation Issue  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 software enables you to create emulated drive files as large as 40  
Gbytes. However, if the emulated drive uses the FAT16 file system, an inherent  
limitation in the FAT16 file system makes only the first 2 Gbytes of disk space  
accessible.  
After installing and booting a Microsoft Windows operating system, you can  
reformat, convert, and/ or repartition the emulated drive to another file system such  
as the FAT32 or NT File System (NTFS). You can also create new partitions, or resize  
or reformat existing partitions. You can do this by using third-party packages such  
as PowerQuests PartitionMagic or ServerMagic, or by using facilities present in  
some Microsoft operating systems, such as Disk Management in Windows XP  
Professional, Windows 2000, and Windows Server 2003.  
Application Installation to Solaris File System  
Issues  
On supported Microsoft Windows operating systems the Sun File System Driver  
(SunFSD) does not support the DOS file name Short File Name (SFN) conversion  
convention. SFN is also known as the 8.3 DOS file name conversion format. When  
installing some Microsoft Windows applications, the installation can fail because of  
the DOS file name conversion convention.  
Note – When you install new applications on the SunPCi III platform, make sure  
that you have your Microsoft Windows CD available. The installation program  
might require files from the Microsoft Windows CD.  
The SFN convention converts long file names and directory names with a file name  
stem longer than eight characters to six characters followed by a tilde (~) and a  
number. For example, a file name such as THIS_IS_A_LONG_FILE_NAME.DAT  
could be converted to the file name THIS_I~1.DAT(8.3 SFN convention).  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
151  
     
Because SunFSD does not support the SFN convention, some older Microsoft  
Windows applications that employ this convention sometimes fail to install correctly.  
Many recent applications do not rely on 8.3 file name conversion support in their file  
systems, and thus no issues arise.  
Displaying Shortname Tails  
On older Microsoft applications (such as in the DOS Command Prompt window), if  
file names are longer than eight characters, the file name might be truncated into the  
8.3 DOS file name format and a number added to the file name (such as ~1). This  
number is called a shortname tail. When reading long file names on extended drives  
in the DOS window or Windows Command Prompt, the window can only display  
shortname tails ending in the number 1. It cannot display ~2, ~3, and so on.  
Note – The term “DOS session” refers to the Command Prompt window. It does not  
refer to OpenDOS windows running under OpenDOS 7.01.  
Japanese Copy and Paste Issue  
functions, you may see the following error message: Warning, bad clipboard  
translation codeset specified in SunPC.ini file: codeset.  
Ignoring.  
This message indicates that there might be an error in the file that you edited. Refer  
to “How to Configure Japanese Copy and Paste Between Microsoft Windows and  
Solaris” on page 131 for more information.  
Opening in Safe Mode Only Starts in External  
Monitor  
When opening Windows XP Professional and Windows Server 2003 in Safe Mode  
when the external monitor is not connected, the operating system attempts to start in  
the external monitor. The internal monitor remains blank and Windows does not  
start in the internal monitor.  
To fix this issue, connect and then use the external monitor.  
This is a known issue and is currently under investigation.  
152 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
         
Switching to External Video Monitor After  
Entering Stand By Mode Displays as a Blank  
Window  
After installing SunPCi III 3.2.1, when you enter Stand By mode in the internal  
monitor and then “wake up” the system and resume working with the internal  
monitor, if you attempt to switch to an external monitor, that external monitor  
displays as a blank window.  
If this issue occurs, you have to restart your system. Upon restarting, you can work  
normally and switch between internal and external monitors.  
For optimal performance, use the external monitor to enter Stand By mode and then  
to wake up the external monitor, since this not an issue when working exclusively in  
an external monitor.  
SunPCi III Card Stuck in Stand By Mode in Multi-  
Card Environment  
When you are using Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 in a multi-card  
environment, when the “Allow this device to bring the computer out of Standby”  
check box is checked, but the “Allow the computer to turnoff this device to save  
power” check box is not checked (in the VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adapter  
Properties dialog box), the SunPCi III card will not resume working normally after it  
“wakes up” in Stand By mode.  
To fix this issue, you must check both check boxes. Enabling both check boxes allows  
the card to come out of Stand By mode when the card “wakes up.”  
To enable both check boxes, do the following:  
1. On the Windows desktop, right-click My Computer.  
A drop-down menu opens.  
2. Choose Manage.  
The Computer Management window opens.  
3. Double-click Device Manager.  
4. Double-click Network Adapters.  
5. Right-click the VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adapter.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
153  
   
6. Choose Properties.  
The VIA RHINE II Fast Ethernet Adapter Properties dialog box opens.  
7. Click the Power Management tab.  
8. Verify that the “Allow this device to bring the computer out of Standby” check  
box is checked, and if it is not, check it.  
9. Click the “Allow the computer to turnoff this device to save power” check box.  
10. Click OK.  
11. Close the Computer Management window.  
Keyboard Sometimes Disappears When Leaving  
Stand By Mode  
Sometimes when you are “waking up” in Stand By mode to resume working, the  
keyboard might work intermittently, either by disappearing or simply beeping. This  
is an issue in all supported SunPCi III 3.2.1 operating systems.  
If this issue occurs, you have to close Microsoft Windows and then exit SunPCi III by  
choosing File and then Exit from the SunPCi III menu and then choosing the  
Shutdown x86 OS and Reset SunPCi button in the SunPCi Exit dialog box.  
Upon restarting, your keyboard works normally.  
“Firewall Prevents NIS From Working” on page 156  
“15 Partitions per Disk Allowed” on page 156  
“Display Issue when Viewing Emacs” on page 157  
“Avoid Scanning Partitions for Bad Blocks” on page 157  
“Solaris Function Keys of Cut, Copy, and Paste Do Not Work on Solaris  
Keyboards” on page 157  
154 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
“Fully Functional and Configured Network Required for Linux Graphical User  
Interface” on page 160  
“Linux Does Not Open If Installation Is Interrupted” on page 161  
“Do Not Attempt to Change to External Monitor Using Display Settings Only” on  
page 161  
“Using VNC With Linux Might Not Work” on page 161  
“Solaris and Linux GNOME Desktop Incompatibility” on page 162  
Note – It is strongly recommended that you only download the latest and most  
stable version of each application with Linux.  
Use NFS to Access Solaris Files  
In Red Hat Linux 9, you must use NFS to access Solaris files, since SunFSD does not  
work with Linux.  
Physical Networking is Only Supported Network  
Option  
In Red Hat Linux 9, the SunPCi III software comes with physical Ethernet  
networking enabled by default. You must use physical networking with Linux since  
virtual networking is not supported and will not work with Linux in this release.  
This is a known issue and is currently under investigation.  
Cannot Copy Graphics Between Solaris and Linux  
In Red Hat Linux 9, graphics cannot be copied between Solaris and Linux or Linux  
and Solaris. You can use the options of cut, copy, and paste between Solaris and  
Linux for text, but not graphics.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
155  
     
You can copy graphics within Linux and between Linux applications.  
Disk Device Naming Inconsistent During  
Installation  
In Red Hat Linux 9, during installation, all disk devices are named hdcand hdd.  
After the first restart following installation, all disk devices are renamed to their  
SunPCinames of sundskaand sundskb.  
Disk Image Installation Must Complete  
In Red Hat Linux 9, if the installation process is aborted anytime during installation,  
the diskimage created will not work.  
To fix this issue, you must delete the disk image, and use the Create a New  
Emulated Drive option to restart the installation process.  
Firewall Prevents NIS From Working  
In Red Hat Linux 9, NIS does not function after a fresh installation due to the  
firewall blocking a NIS broadcast reply.  
To fix this issue, lower the firewall setting from the default of “High” to a lower  
setting.  
Note – If you choose the “No Firewall” option during installation, you must choose  
that option again after installation is complete, since Red Hat automatically defaults  
to the “High” option after installation.  
This is a known Linux Red Hat bug and is currently under investigation.  
15 Partitions per Disk Allowed  
In Red Hat Linux 9, only 15 partitions are allowed per hard disk.  
156 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
Display Issue when Viewing Emacs  
In Red Hat Linux 9, when using the system monitor and after opening Emacs, the  
fonts and the characters might appear as blocks instead of text.  
If this issue appears, close Emacs and then reopen the application to view fonts and  
characters properly.  
Avoid Scanning Partitions for Bad Blocks  
During installation of Red Hat Linux 9, when you specify partitions, an option is  
available to scan a partition for bad blocks prior to installation. Under certain  
conditions this option causes the installation to stop and fail since the bad blocks  
check might fail at the end of partition.  
To avoid this issue, do not select the badblocks utility during installation.  
This is a known Linux bug and a is currently under investigation.  
Note – Even after Linux installation, the badblocks option might fail since partitions  
generated during installation might be incorrect.  
Solaris Function Keys of Cut, Copy, and Paste Do  
Not Work on Solaris Keyboards  
In Red Hat Linux 9, Solaris Cut, Copy, and Paste function keys on Solaris keyboards  
do not work with Linux applications.  
To work around this issue, use the drop-down menus for Cut, Copy, and Paste in  
Linux applications since they work correctly. You can also use right-click to access  
the options of Cut, Copy, and Paste.  
Also, not all Linux applications use the default Microsoft Windows keyboard  
shortcuts for Cut, Copy, and Paste. You have to check each Linux application to see  
what keyboard shortcut is used for Cut, Copy, and Paste, although the right-click  
option generally works with most Linux applications.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
157  
     
Cannot Eject CD From Solaris When Mounted  
Through Linux  
In Red Hat Linux 9, you cannot eject a CD using Solaris software once the CD is  
mounted by Linux.  
To eject the CD using Solaris by pressing the Meta-E key combination, you must first  
unmount the CD in Linux. Ejecting the CD using Linux will also unmount the CD  
prior to ejecting it.  
For best results, only eject a CD mounted in Linux from within the Linux window.  
USB Keyboards and Mice Only Work With  
External Monitor  
In Red Hat Linux 9, when running Linux on a system monitor, USB keyboards and  
mice do not function properly because all input is handled by the local X server, not  
by real or emulated devices attached to the SunPCi card. To use input devices  
directly attached to the SunPCi card, you must use the external monitor.  
Specify the X Input Method for Num Lock and  
Caps Lock to Work Properly in GNOME  
In GNOME in Red Hat Linux 9, when typing in various fields, such as in the  
GNOME terminal, calculator, and various dialog boxes, the Num Lock and Caps  
Lock keys might not work properly.  
To work properly for each application, right-click and change the Input Method  
from “Default” to “X Input Method.” You have to make this update within each  
application.  
This issue only applies to the GNOME applications and the gdmgreeterlogin  
screen running on the system monitor. This issue does not apply to the KDE  
application, standard X applications (such as xterm), or any applications running  
on external monitors.  
158 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Audio Might Not Work  
In Red Hat Linux 9, audio drivers and audio output randomly fail in some Linux  
applications. The audio drivers in Red Hat Linux 9 sometimes do not play or record  
properly.  
This is a known Linux bug and is currently under investigation.  
Installing Linux in Multi-Card Environment  
Requires Closing Microsoft Windows Server 2003  
In Red Hat Linux 9, when installing Linux in a multi-card environment, you must  
close any open sessions of Microsoft Windows Server 2003, since there might be a  
conflict with the installation.  
Failure to close Microsoft Windows Server 2003 before starting the installation of  
Linux results in a failed installation.  
After completing the Linux installation, both Microsoft Windows Server 2003 and  
Linux can run simultaneously.  
Fully Functional and Configured Network  
Required for Linux Graphical User Interface to  
Work on System Monitor  
In Red Hat Linux 9, in order for the X server to work, you must have a fully  
functional network connection to both the SunPCi III card and the host workstation.  
If there is no network connection, the X server will not start up. The X server allows  
you to use the Linux graphical user interface.  
These requirements apply only to installations that use a system monitor. If you  
configure Linux to use an external monitor to view SunPCi III, this issue is not  
applicable.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
159  
     
Must Install Networking During Linux  
Installation to Use Graphical User Interface  
In Red Hat Linux 9, if you do not follow the directions exactly in the SunPCi III 3.2  
Users Guide on configuring the networking for Linux, you will have several  
problems, including being unable to use the Linux graphical user interface on the  
system monitor.  
If you do not configure networking, you have to perform the following task to  
recover and fix Linux properly.  
1. Find the ifcfg-eth0file at the following location:  
/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/  
2. Open the ifcfg-eth0file and verify that the file is configured as detailed below.  
e. For a Static IP address:  
DEVICE=eth0  
ONBOOT=yes  
BOOTPROTO=none  
USERCTL=no  
PEERDNS=no  
TYPE=Ethernet  
IPADDR=xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx*  
NETMASK=xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx*  
GATEWAY=xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx*  
NETWORK=xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx*  
BROADCAST=xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx*  
*Enter the information, such as an IP address, for your own network for each of these fields.  
f. For DHCP:  
USERCTL=no  
PEERDNS=no  
TYPE=Ethernet  
DEVICE=eth0  
BOOTPROTO=dhcp  
ONBOOT=yes  
3. Update the ifcfg-eth0file as needed.  
4. Save the ifcfg-eth0file.  
160 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
 
5. Make sure the /etc/sysconfig/networking/devices/filename is a hard link  
to the /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0directory.  
Linux Does Not Open If Installation Is Interrupted  
In Red Hat Linux 9, if the Linux installation does not start properly after initial  
installation, you have to delete and re-create the C: drive.  
In Linux, if the installation process is aborted anytime during installation, the  
diskimage created will not work. You must delete the disk image, and use the Create  
a New Emulated Drive option to restart the installation process.  
When creating and installing Linux, always attach and create the diskimage at the  
same time. Do not try to create another drive before the Linux installation is  
complete or you will not be able to use the Linux diskimage.  
Do Not Attempt to Change to External Monitor  
Using Display Settings Only  
In Red Hat Linux 9, you cannot switch from the system monitor to the external  
monitor by using the Display Settings option.  
You have to exit the SunPCi session and restart SunPCi using the -voption to  
change from the system monitor to the external monitor.  
Refer to the Red Hat Linux chapter “How to Prepare Linux to Display External  
Video” on page 91 for information about changing the video display.  
Using VNC With Linux Might Not Work  
In Red Hat Linux 9, if you use Linux with VNC, sometimes VNC might not work  
properly.  
To avoid this issue, you should only bring up Linux with run level 3 in VNC and the  
console login when running Linux. To bring up the console login only, you can  
change the run level in the /etc/inittabdirectory by updating the following:  
id:5:initdefault  
to  
id:3:initdefault  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
161  
     
Do not use VNC to launch applications in Linux. For additional VNC information,  
refer to the SunPCi III 3.2 Users Guide.  
Solaris and Linux GNOME Desktop  
Incompatibility  
In Red Hat Linux 9, you cannot use the Solaris and Linux GNOME desktops at the  
same time if you created Linux user accounts which mount Solaris home directories  
at log in. Linux user accounts created with local home directories will not  
experiences this problem.  
If you attempt to run the GNOME desktop for both operating systems at the same  
time, either operating system might not work properly because the format of the  
GNOME preference files are not compatible across both platforms. Changes made by  
one system may corrupt the preferences for the other. Removing the .gconf  
directory and its contents from the users home directory restores GNOME to its  
defaults if the files are corrupted.  
To avoid this issue, if you are using the GNOME Linux desktop with SunPCi, use  
the Solaris CDE (Common Desktop Environment).  
This is a known issue with GNOME.  
Windows XP Professional, Windows  
2000, and Windows Server 2003 Issues  
2003 Issues” on page 167  
“No Mouse Input After Booting Into Safe Mode” on page 168  
“Incorrect Path Name After Adding D: Drive” on page 168  
“CD-ROM Drive Issues” on page 168  
“Cannot Unmap SunFSD Drives” on page 168  
“RealPlayer 6.0 Attempts Installation of New CD-ROM Drivers” on page 169  
162 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
“Windows Media Player 8 and 9 and Virtual CD-ROM Issue” on page 170  
“Setting the Time Limit for Stand By Mode” on page 170  
“Display Setting Change Forces Display to Route to External Monitor” on  
page 170  
“Issue With Blank System Monitor After Switching Back From External Video in  
Windows 2000 and Windows XP Professional” on page 171  
All issues listed here refer to all operating systems unless specifically noted.  
Custom Display Mode Issue  
Custom display modes can be specified for Windows 2000 and Windows XP  
Professional. The display modes specify a new size and optional color depths  
available within the Microsoft Windows desktop. A custom display mode consists of  
a width and height (in pixels) and an optional bit depth (8,16, or 24 bits).  
In the [Display]section of the SunPC.inifile, the format is:  
tag=width,height [,depth]  
where width, height, and depth (optional) are all decimal values, and tag is one of the  
following strings:  
CustomMode  
CustomMode1  
CustomMode2  
CustomMode3  
CustomMode4  
CustomMode5  
CustomMode6  
CustomMode7  
CustomMode8  
CustomMode9  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
163  
 
The tag values do not need to be in any numerical or alphabetical order. For  
example, you might add the following to the [Display]section:  
[Display]  
CustomMode=1280, 960, 16  
CustomMode4=1000,800, 24  
CustomMode2=1280, 960, 8  
This will add 1280x960 16-bit, 1000x800 24-bit, and 1280x960 8-bit display modes to  
the list of available modes.  
Note – If the display does not support 8-bit graphics, an 8-bit entry (such as  
CustomMode2) is ignored, and the rejected entry appears in the SunPCi log file.  
The width and height parameters are required. However, if you do not specify a depth  
value, a mode is created for each depth that is supported by the display. Thus, on a  
system that supports 16-bit and 24-bit graphics, the following entry could be in the  
[Display]section:  
CustomMode6=1200, 1000  
In this instance, two modes are created: 1200x1000 16-bit and 1200x1000 24-bit.  
Double Mouse Pointer Issue  
If you are using supported Microsoft Windows operating systems and attempt to  
move the Microsoft Windows pointer outside the SunPCi III window, two pointers  
then appear on the desktop: one pointer is the Microsoft Windows pointer that  
freezes on the SunPCi III window border and the other pointer becomes visible  
outside the SunPCi III window.  
The Microsoft Windows pointer works only while in the SunPCi III window. The  
other normally invisible pointer becomes visible only when you leave the SunPCi III  
window.  
Once you return to the SunPCi III window, the normally invisible pointer disappears  
and the Microsoft Windows pointer again becomes active and the only pointer  
viewable. To fix this problem, you can either change the display to 16 bits per pixel  
(BPP) or disable the pointer shadows.  
To change the display to 16 bits, do the following:  
164 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
 
1. Right-click your Windows desktop.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The Display Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Settings tab.  
4. Click “Medium (16 bit)” in the Color quality drop-down list box.  
5. Click Apply.  
The desktop flickers while applying the new settings.  
6. Click OK in the Display Properties dialog box.  
To disable the mouse pointer shadows, do the following:  
1. Right-click the My Computer icon.  
2. Choose Properties.  
The System Properties dialog box opens.  
3. Click the Advanced tab.  
4. Click Settings in the Performance group box.  
The Performance Options dialog box opens.  
5. Uncheck the “Show shadows under the mouse pointer” check box.  
6. Click Apply.  
7. Click OK in the Performance Options dialog box.  
8. Click OK to close the System Properties dialog box.  
File System Drive Issues  
You might observe the following issues when using file system drives:  
File attributes (such as read-only and write-only) might not work correctly.  
File links do not work on file system drives. If you need to link to a file that is  
located on a file system drive, move the file to your C: or D: drive and then create  
the link.  
If you create a desktop shortcut to a file on a file system drive, that shortcut does  
not update automatically if you change the files location on the drive. You need  
to delete the existing shortcut and create a new one.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
165  
 
If you insert an object (such as a clip art file) into a Microsoft Office XP  
application, and the original object is stored on a file system drive or a drive  
mapped using \\localhost\path, the insertion will not work correctly. You  
need to move or copy the object to your C: or D: drive, and then insert it into your  
document.  
Using Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path names to locate Office 97,  
Office 2000, or Office XP files, such as \\localhost\export\home\  
myfiles.doc, does not work in this version of the software. This is a known  
issue that is being investigated.  
For more information about file system drives, refer to “File System Drives” on  
page 129.  
Microsoft DirectDraw Performance Issue  
Microsoft introduced a new suite of graphics engines known collectively as DirectX,  
and one of these components is known as DirectDraw. Because the SunPCi internal  
display is based on the X Windows protocol and does not have direct access to the  
Solaris platforms graphics adapter, DirectDraw functionality was disabled by  
default in older versions of SunPCi software. Many newer software suites, such as  
Office XP, enable DirectDraw by default.  
DirectDraw is enabled by default. However, with DirectDraw enabled, Windows 2000  
and Windows XP Professional might exhibit poor graphics performance, either in  
some specific applications or in specific applets in the base operating system, such as  
in 3D screen savers.  
If normal performance of the 3D screen savers is required, or if graphics  
performance degraded after installing SunPCi III 3.2.1 software, you can disable  
DirectDraw by doing the following:  
1. Add the following line to the [Display]section of the SunPCi .inifile:  
[Display]  
...  
DirectDraw=off  
2. Restart the SunPCi session.  
166 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
 
Troubleshooting Windows XP Professional,  
Windows 2000, and Windows Server 2003 Issues  
The following table lists some possible issues with Windows XP Professional,  
Windows 2000, and Windows Server 2003 and their causes and recommended  
solutions.  
TABLE A-7 Windows XP Professional, Windows 2000, and Windows Server 2003  
Issues and Solutions  
Issue  
Cause  
Solution  
Upgrading results in a “blue  
screen” with the error message  
INACCESSIBLE_BOOT_DEVICE.  
You used the standard Microsoft  
upgrade procedure on the  
Windows CD instead of the  
recommended procedure in the  
appropriate chapter of this book.  
Use the backup copy of your C:  
drive and restore the drive.  
If you did not create a backup C:  
have to reinstall all of your  
Installing results in a “blue screen” You used the standard Microsoft  
Use the installation procedure in  
“Installing Windows XP  
Professional” on page 38,  
“Installing Windows 2000” on  
page 56, or “Installing Windows  
Server 2003” on page 72 to  
properly install the software.  
with the error message  
installation procedure on the  
Windows CD instead of the  
recommended procedure in the  
appropriate chapter of this book.  
INACCESSIBLE_BOOT_DEVICE.  
Inserting a file into Microsoft  
Office XP or Microsoft Office 2000  
does not work.  
The object file (such as clip art or  
an Excel spreadsheet) is located on  
a file system drive or on a drive  
mapped using \\localhost\  
path.  
Copy or move the object file to  
your C: or D: drive and then insert  
it again.  
The mouse no longer works when  
you click the Start button (16-bit  
and 24-bit displays only).  
There is a software conflict with  
the screen fade effect in the  
Display Control Panel.  
Turn off the fade effect by  
choosing the Display Control  
Panel. Deselect the first check box  
under Visual Effects. Click OK.  
The mouse should work again.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
167  
   
No Mouse Input After Booting Into Safe Mode  
When booting into Safe Mode, the Sun Mouse Filter driver is uninstalled. Therefore  
you are left with no mouse with which to navigate.  
You can boot into Safe Mode by following these steps:  
1. During startup of Windows XP Professional, press the F8 key.  
2. Select Safe Mode and press Return.  
3. The operating system starts in Safe Mode and no mouse is available.  
This is a known issue and is currently under investigation.  
Incorrect Path Name After Adding D: Drive  
While using Windows XP Professional, the path name displayed for a newly  
mapped D: drive might be incorrect.  
This situation occurs when you have an existing SunFSD mapping to letter D: and  
then attach another emulated drive as letter D:. After restart, the attached emulated  
D: drive shows the path name of the previously mapped SunFSD drive.  
The contents of the D: drive and the SunFSD drive are unaffected and are correct,  
even if the path name listing is incorrect.  
This is a known issue and is currently under investigation.  
CD-ROM Drive Issues  
While using Windows 2000 Professional, your CD-ROM drive might be slow to  
display, or will not update at all. This includes the system information about the CD,  
and the title of the CD when viewed in Windows Explorer. This is a known issue  
that is being investigated  
Cannot Unmap SunFSD Drives  
If multiple user accounts were created during a Windows 2000 Professional  
installation without Administrator privileges, there will be issues with non-  
Administrator users mapping and unmapping SunFSD drivers in the following  
situations:  
168 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
Administrators cannot unmap a SunFSD drive originally mapped by a user,  
although Administrators can unmap a drive mapped by another Administrator.  
Users cannot unmap a SunFSD drive they originally mapped if the user account  
was originally created without Administrator privileges.  
This is a known issue and is currently under investigation.  
RealPlayer 6.0 Attempts Installation of New  
CD-ROM Drivers  
When using Windows 2000, if you connect the CD-ROM audio cable from the CD-  
ROM to the SunPCi card, RealPlayer may ask you to install updated drivers. If you  
allow the drivers to update, the CD-ROM drive then stops reading and playing  
music.  
To avoid this issue, do not allow RealPlayer to install new drivers after connecting  
the CD-ROM drive to the SunPCi card.  
Windows Media Player 8 and 9 and Audio CD  
Issue  
While using Microsoft Windows and after opening Windows Media Player 8 or 9,  
you may have an issue with playing a CD.  
After inserting the CD, a dialog box might open saying an error occurred reading the  
CD in digital mode, and then asks if you would like to listen to the CD in analog  
mode instead. Click OK. You also might have another dialog box open saying you  
can switch to analog mode. Click Close. The CD still might not operate properly.  
SunPCi III does not support Digital Audio Extraction from a CD-ROM device. To  
avoid this problem, disable Digital Audio Extraction by doing the following:  
1. Open Windows Media Player.  
2. From the Tools menu, choose Options.  
3. Click the Devices tab.  
4. Highlight the Audio CD (D:) option (if not already highlighted).  
5. Click Properties.  
6. Click the Analog radio button in the Playback group box.  
7. Click OK to close the Properties window.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
169  
   
8. Click OK to close the Options window.  
You should be able to play your CD properly now.  
CD-ROM Issue  
While using Microsoft Windows and Windows Media Player 8 or 9, a new window  
might appear and then disappear. This issue usually occurs when you are  
attempting to fix the issue, “Windows Media Player 8 and 9 and Audio CD Issue” on  
page 169.  
This issue only happens when you go into this menu selection more than once in the  
same session, since Windows Media Player 8 and 9 does not always work properly  
with virtual CD-ROM drives.  
To resolve this problem, close out the Windows Media Player and then restart the  
application to work properly.  
Setting the Time Limit for Stand By Mode  
You can choose a time limit, between 1 and 60 minutes, for the duration to pass  
before your Microsoft Windows operating system enters Stand By mode. To set this  
time limit, you need to update your SunPCi.inifile (or the .inifile you are using  
for the appropriate diskimage) with the following settings:  
[Power]  
StandBy=minutes  
For minutes, enter between 1 and 60 to indicate when Stand By mode should start.  
After saving and closing the .ini file, restart your SunPCi session for the change to  
take effect.  
Display Setting Change Forces Display to Route  
to External Monitor  
While using Windows 2000 Professional, if you are using the system monitor and  
have VIA video drivers installed, then change the display setting, but do not save  
the new display setting, your primary monitor changes from internal to external.  
170 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
To fix this issue, you can either restart Windows or refer to the SunPCi III 3.2 Users  
Guide, specifically the section in the Windows 2000 chapter titled, “How to Switch  
External Video Back to the System Monitor” on page 69 for instructions.  
Issue With Blank System Monitor After Switching  
Back From External Video in Windows 2000 and  
Windows XP Professional  
If you attempt to change from an external monitor to the system monitor without  
using the -vcommand, the change fails and your system monitor becomes blank.  
Note – This issue only happens if you first attempt to switch to an external monitor  
without gracefully shutting down SunPCi and then restarting using the -v  
command.  
To recover from this situation, do the following:  
1. From the File menu in SunPCi, choose Exit.  
The SunPCi Exit dialog box opens with the choice of Exit, Shutdown x86 OS and Exit  
SunPCi, or Cancel.  
2. Click Shutdown x86 OS and Exit SunPCi to exit Microsoft Windows and the  
SunPCi application.  
Microsoft Windows and SunPCi close gracefully.  
3. At the Solaris system prompt, restart the SunPCi III software normally:  
% /opt/SUNWspci3/bin/sunpci  
The SunPCi III software starts, and Microsoft Windows opens on the system  
monitor.  
Refer to the appropriate operating system chapter for information about changing  
the video display.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
171  
 
“Installing Applications From a SunFSD Source Directory” on page 174  
“Installing Applications Into a SunFSD Target Directory” on page 175  
“Missing Network Icon on Windows Desktop Issue” on page 175  
“Software Appears to Hang When Browsing Network Drives” on page 176  
“Unable to Mount Network Drive With Windows Explorer Issue” on page 177  
“Unable to Mount Certain NFS Mount Points as a Network Drive” on page 177  
Some software applications cannot be installed to a network drive, including  
SunFSD, and must be installed directly to the emulated disk.  
Note – For specific information about issues with certain software installations and  
SunFSD, refer to the “Troubleshooting Microsoft Windows Applications and SunFSD  
Issues” on page 181.  
Extended Drive (SunFSD) Issues  
You might observe the following problems when using file system drives:  
File attributes (such as read-only and write-only) might not work correctly.  
File links do not work on file system drives. If you need to link to a file that is  
located on a file system drive, move the file to your C: or D: drive and then create  
the link.  
If you create a desktop shortcut to a file on a file system drive, that shortcut does  
not update automatically when you change the files location on the drive. You  
need to delete the existing shortcut and create a new one.  
172 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
Using UNC path names to locate Office XP or Office 2000 files, such as  
\\localhost\export\home\myfiles.doc, does not work in this version of  
the software.  
FSD Mapping Is Now Case Sensitive  
When using supported Microsoft Windows operating systems, FSD mapping is case  
sensitive with SunPCi III 3.2.1.  
The mount points and the paths that are mounted are now case sensitive. If you  
were running SunPCi III 3.0 and mounted FSD drives with non-matching cases,  
when the drivers are upgraded, FSD will not mount these drives.  
To fix this issue, verify your paths are case sensitive or remap your drives to match  
the correct case, such as in the following example:  
older (incorrect) mapping - I:\\localhost\opt\sunwspci3  
newer (correct) mapping - I:\\localhost\opt\SUNWspci3  
Network Startup Is Slow After Configuration  
After you configure your network and start Microsoft Windows for the first time, the  
network may take several minutes to start. This is especially true when you are  
using DHCP with your SunPCi III card. This is normal behavior for first-time  
startup.  
Cannot Connect to Other Systems  
Note – This section applies only to virtual Ethernet networking configurations. If  
you are using the physical Ethernet connection, skip this section.  
Before you start to diagnose issues with using SunPCi III software to connect to  
other systems on the network, make sure that you have configured SunPCi III  
software and your system as follows:  
Your system and SunPCi III software host must have different IP addresses.  
Both the SunPCi III software host and the Sun system should be located on the  
same physical subnetwork, although they can be on different virtual  
subnetworks.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
173  
       
Your Sun system and SunPCi III software must have the same network mask. The  
value of the network mask depends on the type of network you are using.  
Contact your network administrator for more information.  
Note – You need to know the names and IP addresses of another system on the  
same subnet as your Sun system, and of a system not on the same subnetwork.  
Contact your network administrator if you do not have this information.  
Installing Applications From a SunFSD Source  
Directory  
If an applications installation from a SunFSD-mapped drive fails, make sure that the  
mapped directory path names in which the installation software resides all have  
names that do not exceed eight characters.  
For example, suppose the drive letter Q: is mapped to \\localhost\WatchGuard\  
AntiVirusSoftware.  
In the AntiVirusSoftwaredirectory are the following subdirectories named  
AntiVirusForEmmyand AV4KATY.  
If the software located in AntiVirusForEmmyfails to install, it might be due to the  
fact that the subdirectory used by the installation program has a file name longer  
than eight characters. If this is so, rename the subdirectory to a name that uses fewer  
than nine characters, for example, AV4EMM, and attempt the installation again.  
Because the directory AV4KATYalready is fewer than eight characters, the  
installation of the application from that subdirectory should succeed.  
Note – Even though the path that is mapped, for example WatchGuard\  
AntiVirusSoftware,contains names that are more than eight characters, this  
does not matter to the installation program. Only file names below the drive letter  
mapping encounter the restriction.  
174 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
 
Installing Applications Into a SunFSD Target  
Directory  
If an applications installation program fails to install to a SunFSD-mapped drive  
with warnings about a PathNotFoundor FileNotFound, this might be because  
the installation program is relying upon the destination file system to support 8.3 file  
names. This is specifically the case where there are embedded file names in any of  
the destination installation paths.  
For example, Corel WordPerfect Office 2000 uses a default destination directory of  
WordPerfectOffice2000. If this destination directory resides on a SunFSD drive,  
there is a portion of the installation program that attempts to use 8.3 file names.  
Thus, there is a resulting dialog box that states that the file Q:WordPerfectcannot  
be found. The embedded space, combined with the fact that SunFSD does not  
support 8.3 file names, confuses the installation program.  
However, if the destination directory is changed so that there are no embedded  
spaces, for example change WordPerfectOffice2000to  
WordPerfect_Office_2000, the installation proceeds normally.  
Even though the file name is longer than eight characters, since this is a more recent  
application, longer file names are allowed. It is the fact that the installation  
procedure makes use of older technology that causes the issue.  
Missing Network Icon on Windows Desktop Issue  
Note – This section applies only to virtual Ethernet networking configurations. It  
does not apply to physical Ethernet connections.  
When you open the Network Neighborhood on the Microsoft Windows desktop, the  
Network Neighborhood window does not show “My Workstation”. Your Sun system  
and the SunPCi III card share the same network interface, so they do not “see” each  
other on the network. Both can communicate with the network, however.  
For more information about networking your Sun system with your SunPCi III host  
using virtual networking, refer to “Setting Up Networking With SunPCi III  
Hardware and Software” on page 33.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
175  
     
Software Appears to Hang When Browsing  
Network Drives  
You might observe a very long time lag when browsing network drives. SunPCi III  
software might even appear to hang as it searches the contents of the drives. This is  
because Solaris software contains a “browsing” feature that allows you to  
automatically view all auto mount points on your Sun system.  
This can cause Microsoft Windows applications to slow down considerably when  
browsing for files on your Sun system. It can also cause issues when viewing very  
large directories with Windows Explorer, or saving to a subdirectory in one of these  
large directories.  
You can fix this issue by editing the Solaris auto_masterfile to turn off this feature.  
To edit this file, perform the following steps:  
1. Use a text editor to open the file /etc/auto_master.  
The file should look similar to the following:  
# Master map for automounter  
#
+auto_master  
/net  
/home  
/xfn  
-hosts  
auto_home  
-xfn  
-nosuid,nobrowse  
-nobrowse  
2. Move the +auto_masterline in the file to the bottom of the list.  
If the -nosuid,nobrowseand -nobrowsekeywords are not present in the file,  
add them before the +auto_masterline. The result should look similar to the  
following:  
# Master map for automounter  
#
/net  
/home  
-hosts  
auto_home  
-nosuid,nobrowse  
-nobrowse  
/xfn  
-xfn  
+auto_master  
3. Save the file and exit the text editor.  
4. Reboot your system.  
The “browsing” feature should be turned off.  
176 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
Unable to Mount Network Drive With Windows  
Explorer Issue  
If you cannot mount network drives with Windows Explorer, networking might not  
be installed on the SunPCi III platform.  
Try to log in to the network first. If you can reach the network from the Solaris side,  
then go to the Start menu in the SunPCi III software and select Control Panel, then  
double-click Network. Set up your SunPCi III installation on the network. Refer to  
your Microsoft Windows documentation for more information.  
If you still cannot connect to the network after logging in, you need to reinstall your  
version of Microsoft Windows.  
To log in to the network, follow this step:  
Start the SunPCi III software and enter your user name and password when the  
dialog box prompts you to log in to Microsoft Networking.  
To log in to the network when you are already running SunPCi III software, follow  
these steps:  
1. Click Start and then choose Exit.  
2. When the dialog box asks you whether you want to shut down or restart the  
computer, click Restart.  
3. When the Microsoft Networking dialog box appears, type your user name and  
password.  
You are now able to mount network drives. Refer to “Extended Drives and SunPCi  
III Software” on page 128 for instructions on how to use Windows Explorer to map  
network drives.  
Unable to Mount Certain NFS Mount Points as a  
Network Drive  
When using supported Microsoft Windows operating systems, you can no longer  
mount specific Solaris directories (NFS mount points) as a SunFSD network drive.  
The Solaris directories that are not mountable are those autofs mount points which  
display a zero available and a zero used disk blocks statistic when you use the df  
command.  
This was incorrectly allowed in previous releases and would cause certain  
applications to have access problems when accessing files and files in subdirectories.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
177  
       
The work around for this issue is to find a subdirectory for the autofs mount point  
that displays a non-zero available and a non-zero used disk blocks statistic.  
These sections include information about known issues with various software, as  
well as known issues with software and SunFSD issues. The section includes the  
following topics:  
Troubleshooting Microsoft Windows Applications” on page 179  
Troubleshooting Microsoft Windows Applications and SunFSD Issues” on  
page 181  
178 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
Troubleshooting Microsoft Windows Applications  
The following table lists some possible Microsoft Windows application issues, their  
causes, and recommended solutions.  
TABLE A-8 Troubleshooting Microsoft Windows Applications  
Problem  
Cause  
Solution  
Inserting a file into  
Microsoft Office 2000  
does not work.  
The object file (such as  
clip art or an Excel  
spreadsheet) is located  
on a file system drive or  
on a drive mapped using  
\\localhost\path.  
Copy or move the object file to your  
C: or D: drive and then insert it  
again.  
When attaching and  
running an external  
monitor at 1600 x 1200  
display resolution,  
The default shared  
memory configuration is  
set too low.  
In the BIOS setup program, increase  
shared memory to at least 8 Mbytes  
to support the 1600x1200 display  
resolution.  
Windows 2000 resets.  
System appears to hang  
during installation of  
Corel Draw 10 for  
CD is not completely  
mounted before you  
clicked OK.  
After inserting the previous Corel  
Draw CD, you must wait until the  
new CD is fully mounted (when the  
LED stops blinking) before clicking  
OK. The Corel installer freezes if  
you do not wait for the CD to  
mount.  
Microsoft Windows.  
When installing the  
Corel Draw 10 upgrade  
version without a  
previous version of Corel  
Draw installed, the  
install software prompts  
you to insert a CD of a  
previous full version of  
the software.  
When templates in  
Powerpoint in Windows  
XP Office, the template  
opens slowly and some  
color is missing after  
opening.  
DirectDraw is enabled  
by default in this  
application.  
In the .inifile, under [Display],  
add the following entry:  
DirectDraw=off  
Changing this entry allows the  
Teamwork design template to open  
normally.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
179  
         
TABLE A-8 Troubleshooting Microsoft Windows Applications  
Problem  
Cause  
Solution  
When installing Corel  
WorkPerfect 2000 on  
Windows XP  
Professional, the  
installation appears to  
hang.  
The Installation Wizard  
dialog box is waiting for  
user information, while  
the users registration  
dialog box is open in the  
background and covered  
by another Installation  
Wizard dialog box.  
To avoid this issue, make sure to  
delete the “white” Corel WP Office  
2000 splash screen by closing the  
Corel setup window. Then the  
Installation Wizard dialog box is  
viewable and works fine.  
This issue does not occur during  
every installation, but does happen  
with some frequency.  
The installation is placed  
in “waiting” mode.  
Norton Antivirus 2002  
might require increase in  
the Solaris file limit.  
Norton Antivirus seems  
to “hold on” to many of  
the files it opens, which  
might result in the log  
file message:  
Increase the number of files that can  
be simultaneously open by Solaris  
software,  
To find out the current limit, use the  
command: ulimit -Hn  
Too many open  
files.  
In the /etc/system, add the  
following line:  
set rlim_fd_max=XXXX  
(XXXX is a greater number than the  
one returned by the ulimit -Hn  
command.)  
Some image rendering  
problems exist when  
working with Office XP  
WordArt files in  
Frame buffer is set to  
8-bit color depth.  
Change graphics settings to higher  
color depth (16-bit or 24-bit).  
Windows 2000 or  
Windows XP  
Professional.  
If a SunPCi III session  
running Windows XP  
Professional is used as a  
PC Anywhere host, the  
graphics display on the  
remote system is not  
updated.  
Mouse movements are  
sent and effected on the  
host, and the graphics on  
If a PC is used as the host and a  
SunPCi III session is used as the  
remote system, the graphics display  
the host are updated, but on the SunPCi III remote system is  
those updates are not  
sent back to the remote  
system.  
correct.  
This “session sharing” functionality  
is, by default, available on Windows  
XP Professional as “Remote  
Desktop.” See Microsoft  
documentation for more details.  
Corel Office 2000 and  
Corel Office 2002  
CD-ROMs that are not  
ISO 9660 compliant  
Use only CD-ROMs that are ISO  
9660 compliant.  
installations do not work might not work on  
properly and will not  
install.  
Solaris systems.  
180 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
TABLE A-8 Troubleshooting Microsoft Windows Applications  
Problem  
Cause  
Solution  
Cannot install Corel 10  
(upgrade) without  
previous version already  
installed.  
The previous software is  
not installed.  
Insert the previous version of the  
Corel CD.  
Wait until the CD is fully mounted  
before clicking the OK button. The  
Corel installer will freeze if you do  
not wait for the CD to mount.  
Receive error message  
stating must install CD  
from previous version.  
Inserting a Microsoft  
Office document as a  
graphic into another  
Office document does  
not work and Drive  
Not Founderror  
Microsoft Office 2000 or  
Office XP might not  
accept a document as a  
graphic.  
Use an earlier version of Microsoft  
Office to avoid this problem.  
If you must use Microsoft Office  
2000 or Office XP, convert the  
document to either a graphic (.jpg)  
or Word file (.doc).  
message appears.  
Extra Lines Might  
Appear in Lotus  
Freelance Slides  
If you are generating  
slides with Lotus  
Freelance and hold the  
mouse button while  
dragging or performing  
any actions in a  
Freelance slide,  
extraneous lines might  
appear on the slide.  
pointer shadowing is enabled. To  
fix this issue, either minimize and  
then restore the Freelance window  
or disable mouse pointer  
(Microsoft Windows  
2000 Professional or  
Microsoft Windows XP  
Professional)  
shadowing.  
Refer to “Double Mouse Pointer  
Issue” on page 164 to fix this issue.  
Troubleshooting Microsoft Windows Applications  
and SunFSD Issues  
The following section describes known Microsoft Windows application and SunFSD  
issues, their causes, and recommended solutions.  
Installation and SunFSD on Windows XP Professional  
Some software applications cannot be installed to a network drive, including  
SunFSD, and must be installed directly to the emulated disk. This is exactly the same  
behavior with a standard PC running Windows XP Professional and using a Samba  
drive.  
In Windows XP Professional, some software applications do not install to a SunFSD  
drive. The current list includes the following:  
Adobe Photoshop 7  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
181  
       
Corel Draw 10  
Corel WordPerfect 2002  
Microsoft FrontPage 2002  
Microsoft Office XP  
Microsoft Project 2002  
Microsoft Visio 2002  
Note – This is not an exhaustive list, but includes the known applications that  
cannot be installed to a SunFSD at this time.  
Note – If you are running Windows XP Professional, the installation of these  
software applications must be on the SunPCi III emulated drive.  
Upgrading to Microsoft FrontPage 2002 Fails if FrontPage  
2000 Installed on SunFSD  
On Windows XP Professional and Windows 2000, if you are upgrading FrontPage  
2000 to FrontPage 2002 while using a SunFSD drive, the upgrade fails.  
To avoid this problem in Windows 2000, uninstall and remove the older version of  
FrontPage and then do a fresh full installation of FrontPage 2002 to a file system  
drive.  
To avoid this problem in Windows XP, uninstall and remove the older version of  
FrontPage and then do a fresh full installation of FrontPage 2002 to the emulated  
drive. A fresh installation of FrontPage 2002 fails when installing to a file system  
drive using Windows XP and must be installed to the emulated drive.  
Microsoft Office XP Installation and SunFSD on Windows  
2000 Professional  
In Windows 2000 Professional, Microsoft Office XP fails if it is installed to a SunFSD  
or a Samba drive, in which any of the directories in the path are longer than the DOS  
8.3 format. For example, Office XP fails if you install it to the directory  
\longpathname\name1\name2, but it works if you install it to \shortnme\  
name1\name2.  
There are two workarounds for this problem:  
Install Office XP to an emulated drive.  
Make sure that the path name on a SunFSD or Samba drive contains only short  
names (eight characters or fewer).  
182 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
WordPerfect 9 Installation and SunFSD on Windows XP  
Professional  
WordPerfect 9 is part of the Corel WordPerfect Office 2000 Software Suite.  
You might not be able to open WordPerfect 9 installed on a SunFSD while using  
Windows XP Professional. You might receive a Microsoft Windows error message if  
Corel WordPerfect Office 2000 was installed into a folder name that was more than  
seven characters.  
To avoid this issue, install Corel WordPerfect Office 2000 to a folder with a name of  
seven characters or fewer.  
Retrospect Software and SunFSD  
In Microsoft Windows, if you use Retrospect software (Version 5.6 or 6.0) to back up  
data through SunFSD, an erroneous message might appear reporting that there is  
not enough available space for backup, even if the space exists.  
This issue occurs since Retrospect checks the root of the SunFSD mounted path only  
for available space.  
To avoid this problem, verify that the root of the destination path directory contains  
adequate space for backup.  
Norton Antivirus Software Scanning and SunFSD on  
Windows 2000 and Windows XP Professional  
When using Norton Antivirus software, specifically the 2002 Consumer Edition and  
the 7.60 Corporate Edition, you might have problems scanning files mounted on  
SunFSD drives.  
If you use the 2002 Consumer Edition, the scanning might get into an infinite loop  
and not complete scanning. If you get into this situation, stop the scan and exit the  
application.  
If you use the 7.60 Corporate Edition, the software might repeat scanning certain  
files and subdirectories, but it will eventually complete scanning.  
Symantec states that Norton Antivirus 2002 Consumer Edition is not intended for  
use in scanning network-mapped drives.  
Appendix A  
Troubleshooting  
183  
           
Adobe Photoshop Installation and SunFSD on Windows XP  
Professional  
On Windows XP Professional, if installing Photoshop 5.0, 5.5, or 6.0 to a SunFSD  
drive, the Choose Directory dialog box does not list any SunFSD mounted drives.  
Instead of browsing for the location, type the drive letter and directory in the text  
entry field near the top of the dialog box. The installation then proceeds normally.  
Note – This problem is not present in Photoshop 6.0.1.  
McAfee Virus Scan 7.0 Requires Full Pathname  
In Windows 2000 Professional, when installing McAfee Virus Scan 7.0 from FSD, you  
must map the entire directory path to the directory where the McAfee setup.exe files  
reside.  
Failure to map the entire directory results in an installation error message and you  
cannot install the software.  
184 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
       
APPENDIX  
B
This appendix includes the following topics:  
“Using Code Pages and SunPCi III Software” on page 190  
This appendix includes instructions for completing the following tasks:  
“How to Set an Environment Variable” on page 188  
“How to Turn Off an Environment Variable” on page 188  
“How to Configure the Keyboard for Microsoft Windows” on page 188  
International Support  
The SunPCi III 3.2.1 software gives you the national language support you need to  
run your applications using an international keyboard. The first time you started the  
SunPCi III program, you were presented with a list of regional languages and  
countries from which to choose. You entered the number that corresponded to the  
language or country your keyboard supports. These regional languages and country  
names represent code pages in PC terminology. If you want to change your code  
pages and keyboard language tables, use the instructions in this appendix.  
To set up international keyboard support for SunPCi III 3.2.1 software, use the  
KBTYPEand KBCPenvironment variables to select the correct keyboard language  
table and code page for your installation. Refer to “Using the Keyboard  
Environment Variables” on page 186 for more information, and to the procedure to  
use with your operating system.  
185  
   
Note – To configure Microsoft Windows to work with Japanese copy and paste  
functions, refer to “How to Configure Japanese Copy and Paste Between Microsoft  
Windows and Solaris” on page 131.  
This section describes the following topics:  
KBTYPEEnvironment Variable Values” on page 186  
KBCPEnvironment Variable Values” on page 187  
“How to Set an Environment Variable” on page 188  
“How to Turn Off an Environment Variable” on page 188  
KBTYPEEnvironment Variable Values  
The KBTYPEenvironment variable specifies the keyboard language table to use with  
the SunPCi III software. To set KBTYPE, refer to “How to Set an Environment  
Variable” on page 188. TABLE B-1 lists the values for KBTYPEand the corresponding  
languages.  
TABLE B-1 KBTYPEValues  
KBTYPE Value  
Keyboard Language  
Belgium  
be  
cf  
dk  
fr  
gf  
gr  
it  
ja  
ko  
Canadian French  
Danish  
French  
Swiss German  
German  
Italian  
Japanese  
Korean  
186 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
TABLE B-1 KBTYPEValues  
KBTYPE Value  
Keyboard Language  
la  
Latin American  
Spanish  
nl  
Dutch (Netherlands)  
Norwegian  
Portuguese  
Swiss French  
Swiss German  
Spanish  
no  
po  
sf  
sg  
sp  
su  
Finnish  
sv  
Swedish  
uk  
U.K. English  
U.S. English  
Chinese  
us  
zh  
zh_TW  
Chinese (Taiwan)  
The KBCPenvironment variable specifies the keyboard code page. The code page  
specifies the characters set (accents, currency symbols, and so on) to be used with a  
keyboard. To set KBCP, refer to “How to Set an Environment Variable” on page 188.  
For more information about code pages and their functions, refer to “Code Page  
Table” on page 190. TABLE B-2 lists the possible values for the KBCPenvironment  
variable.  
TABLE B-2 KBCPValues  
KBCP Value  
437  
Description  
United States code page  
850  
Multilingual code page, including all characters for most languages  
of European, North American, and South American countries  
860  
863  
865  
Portuguese code page  
Canadian French code page  
Nordic code page, including all characters for the Norwegian and  
Danish languages  
Appendix B  
SunPCi III International Support  
187  
   
How to Set an Environment Variable  
To set an environment variable, do the following:  
1. Make sure that the SunPCi III software is not running.Exit SunPCi III if it is  
running.  
2. Open a Terminal window on your desktop.  
3. Type the following command at the % prompt. Substitute the name of the  
environment variable for VARIABLE_NAME, and the value for the variable (if  
required) for value.  
C Shell:  
% setenv VARIABLE_NAME value  
Bourne Shell:  
% VARIABLE_NAME=value  
% export VARIABLE_NAME  
4. Start the SunPCi III software.  
How to Turn Off an Environment Variable  
To turn off an environment variable, do the following:  
Type the following command and substitute the name of the environment  
variable for VARIABLE_NAME.  
% unsetenv VARIABLE_NAME  
How to Configure the Keyboard for Microsoft  
Windows  
In order for your keyboard layout to function correctly for your language, you also  
need to configure the keyboard for your operating system. To set up the keyboard,  
perform the following steps:  
188 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
1. Check that the Solaris KBCPand KBTYPEenvironment variables are set to use the  
same language (for example, us, gr, and so on).  
If the environment variables are not set, refer to “KBCPEnvironment Variable  
Values” on page 187 to set KBTYPE, and to “KBCPEnvironment Variable Values” on  
page 187 to set KBCP.  
2. From the Microsoft Windows Start menu, choose Settings, and then choose  
Control Panel.  
The Control Panel window opens.  
3. Set the default keyboard layout in Microsoft Windows or Linux to the same value  
as you set in KBTYPE.  
Using an International Keyboard Under  
DOS  
Your Sun international keyboard fully emulates the local-language DOS AT/ 102  
keyboard. Each keyboard offers all the characters in the US-ASCII and the local  
AT/ 102 character set, plus any other characters routinely used within that country.  
International Keyboard  
If there are three characters shown on the key, you press the Alt-Graph key while  
pressing the key to get the third character. However, there are a few special ways in  
which the keyboard operates under DOS:  
The keyboard provides access to more characters than are available on the local-  
language DOS keyboard.  
Under both DOS and Solaris operating systems, some characters are used both as  
accents and as separate characters, such as the carat (^) and the tilde (~). Under  
the Solaris system, these characters have separate keys—one for use as a floating  
accent and one for the separate character. Under DOS, there is one key that  
provides both functions. To use the key to enter a floating accent, press the key. To  
use the key to enter a separate character, simultaneously press the key and the  
space bar.  
Characters that are not available on the local DOS keyboard might be ignored  
when you attempt to use them.  
Appendix B  
SunPCi III International Support  
189  
   
DOS Character Set  
When you, or a program you are using, creates a file under DOS, the DOS character  
set is used. When you create a file under the Solaris system, the ISO 8859 Latin 1  
character set is used. This is relevant only when you use a DOS file in the Solaris  
environment, or a Solaris file in the DOS environment. To convert files from one  
format to the other, two conversion utilities are provided—dos2unixand  
unix2dos. Only characters that are available in both the DOS character set and the  
ISO 8859 Latin 1 character set can be converted between formats. Fortunately, most  
commonly used characters are available in both character sets.  
However, if you have a text file that contains special characters, these characters  
might not be convertible. Most word processors and text-processing programs use  
special codes in their files to indicate character style or page layout. Most of these  
programs, however, have options to store the file as “text only” or to “print to a file,”  
which eliminates the special codes and enables you to convert the file using the  
dos2unixand unix2doscommands.  
Using Code Pages and SunPCi III  
Software  
DOS provides national language support through the use of language-specific code  
pages.  
If you want to change code pages at some time, use the KBCPenvironment variable  
as described in “KBCPEnvironment Variable Values” on page 187.  
Code Page Table  
A code page is a table that defines the character set you are using. Each character set  
contains 256 entries that are specific to a country or language. The characters are  
translated from the code page table and used by your keyboard, screen, and printer.  
An example is the set of letters, numbers, and symbols (such as accent marks) used  
by French Canadians. When the character set is put into a table for use by DOS, it  
becomes the Canadian French code page.  
There are two types of code pages, hardware and prepared. A hardware code page is  
built into a device. For example, a printer manufactured for use in Portugal has a  
Portuguese hardware code page in it. Many devices can use only their own  
hardware code page.  
190 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
         
Prepared code pages are provided in code-page information (.CPI) files in your  
software. OpenDOS includes the following prepared code pages:  
437 – United States code page  
850 – Multilingual code page, including all characters for most languages of  
European, North American, and South American countries  
860 – Portuguese code page  
863 – Canadian French code page  
865 – Nordic code page, including all characters for the Norwegian and Danish  
languages  
National Language Support Codes  
Both Swiss French and Swiss German use country code 041. Country codes  
358 and 972 assume United States code page 437, but include country-specific date  
and time conventions. For example, if you use country code 351 (Portugal), you can  
use prepared code pages 860 and 850 and the po (Portugal) keyboard code. You  
could not use the us (United States) keyboard code.  
TABLE B-3 National Language Support  
Country  
Code  
Prepared  
Code Pages  
Key  
Code  
Country, Region, or Language  
United States  
Canadian French  
Latin America  
Netherlands  
Belgium  
001  
002  
003  
031  
032  
033  
034  
039  
041  
044  
045  
046  
047  
049  
437, 850  
863, 850  
437, 850  
437, 850  
437, 850  
437, 850  
437, 850  
437, 850  
437, 850  
437, 850  
865, 850  
437, 850  
865, 850  
437, 850  
us  
cf  
la  
nl  
be  
fr  
France  
Spain  
sp  
it  
Italy  
Switzerland  
United Kingdom  
Denmark  
sf, sg  
uk  
dk  
sv  
no  
gr  
Sweden  
Norway  
Germany  
Appendix B  
SunPCi III International Support  
191  
   
TABLE B-3 National Language Support  
Country  
Code  
Prepared  
Code Pages  
Key  
Code  
Country, Region, or Language  
English (International)  
061  
351  
358  
972  
081  
082  
086  
088  
437, 850  
860, 850  
437, 850  
437  
-
Portugal  
po  
su  
-
Finland  
Israel  
Japan  
ja  
Korea  
ko  
ch  
tn  
Peoples Republic of China  
Taiwan  
The $LANGVariable  
There are two Solaris commands that enable you to specify code pages:  
/usr/bin/dos2unixand /usr/bin/unix2dos. For example, to convert the  
task_listfile, created with code page 850, from a DOS to a Solaris format, use the  
dos2unixcommand, and enter the following:  
C:\> dos2unix –850 task_list task_list  
If the code page is not specified on the command line, dos2unixand unix2dos  
will check the $LANGenvironment variable to determine which code page to use. To  
check whether your $LANGvariable is set, enter the following in a Solaris command  
window:  
% env | grep LANG  
192 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
If you do not have the $LANGvariable set, or if it is set to anything but the settings  
listed in TABLE B-4, SunPCi III software uses the default US code page 437 and the  
en_US(English-US) $LANGsetting.  
TABLE B-4 $LANGVariable Settings  
$LANGVariable Setting  
C
Language/Territory  
Default “C” locale  
German  
de  
de_AT  
de_CH  
en_AU  
en_CA  
en_IE  
en_GB  
en_NZ  
en_US  
es  
Austrian German  
Swiss German  
Australian English  
Canadian English  
Irish English  
U.K. English  
New Zealand English  
U.S. English  
Spanish  
es_BO  
es_CL  
es_CO  
es_CR  
es_EC  
es_GT  
es_MX  
es_NI  
es_PA  
es_PE  
es_PY  
es_SV  
es_UY  
es_VE  
fr  
Bolivian Spanish  
Chilean Spanish  
Colombian Spanish  
Costa Rican Spanish  
Ecuadorian Spanish  
Guatemalan Spanish  
Mexican Spanish  
Nicaraguan Spanish  
Panamanian Spanish  
Peruvian Spanish  
Paraguayan Spanish  
Salvadoran Spanish  
Uruguayan Spanish  
Venezuelan Spanish  
French  
fr_BE  
Belgian French  
Appendix B  
SunPCi III International Support  
193  
 
TABLE B-4 $LANGVariable Settings  
$LANGVariable Setting  
Language/Territory  
Canadian French  
Swiss French  
Italian  
fr_CA  
fr_CH  
it  
ja  
Japanese  
ko  
Korean  
sv  
Swedish  
zh  
Chinese  
zh_CN  
zh_HK  
zh_TW  
Chinese (China)  
Chinese Hong Kong  
Chinese Taiwan  
Note that the settings listed in the table are the ones that SunPCi III supports. The  
table does not list all the languages Solaris supports.  
For more information about using Solaris environment variables, refer to your  
Solaris documentation.  
194 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
APPENDIX  
C
SunPCi III Online Support  
This appendix includes listings of various Web sites and online resources for  
SunPCi.  
This chapter includes the following topics:  
“SunPCi III Product Web Page” on page 195  
“SunPCi III Documentation” on page 196  
SunPCi III Product Web Page  
The SunPCi III product Web site contains the latest information about the SunPCi III  
product, as well as links to software updates and patches. Check the product Web  
site regularly for software updates.  
The Web site is located at the following URL:  
http://www.sun.com/desktop/products/sunpci  
This Web site also includes links to SunPCi White Papers and other information.  
There are many links from this Web site to further information about SunPCi III,  
including specific articles about the SunPCi product at the following URL:  
http://www.sun.com/desktop/products/sunpci/articles.html  
195  
     
SunPCi III Documentation  
The docs.sun.comWeb site enables you to access SunPCi documentation on the  
Web. You can search for a specific book title or subject at the following URL:  
http://docs.sun.com  
You can find specific SunPCi documentation by searching for “SunPCi” in the search  
option on docs.sun.comfor both HTML and PDF versions of documentation. PDF  
versions of SunPCi documentation are available at the following URL:  
http://www.sun.com/products-n-solutions/hardware/  
docs/Workstation_Products/Interoperability_Products/  
SunPCi/index.html  
196 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
   
APPENDIX  
D
SunPCi III Performance Tips  
III system and the performance of your operating system applications.  
This appendix includes instructions for completing the following tasks:  
“Increasing System Memory” on page 197  
“Specifying Emulated Drives” on page 198  
“Improving Video Performance” on page 198  
“How to Increase Video Memory” on page 199  
Video Display Routing” on page 200  
Fine-Tuning the SunPCi III  
Configuration  
The following sections describe some aspects of SunPCi III configuration that you  
can change to improve performance of the SunPCi III software.  
Increasing System Memory  
The more system memory you have, the better the performance of the SunPCi III  
program. A 256-Mbyte memory module comes installed on the SunPCi III card by  
default.  
197  
           
If you want to increase the amount of memory allocated to the SunPCi III platform,  
purchase additional Mbyte memory. Refer to the SunPCi III SODIMM Installation  
Guide for installation information or for purchasing information contact your Sun  
reseller.  
Caution – Do not allocate too much memory to the VGA driver. Every Mbyte  
allocated to video means that there is one less Mbyte allocated to your operating  
system. If the operating system memory is set too low, the SunPCi III software will  
show the Microsoft Windows “blue screen” and the following error message:  
SunPCi.VXD: Can’t dvma_alloc xxx bytes. The system is low on  
memory.  
Specify as large a drive size as possible when creating a new C: or D: drive. You can  
specify up to 40 Gbytes of space, although only 2 Gbytes is initially viewable until  
you expand and reboot your system.  
For more information about using emulated hard disk drives, see the section  
“Emulated Drives and SunPCi III Software” on page 12.  
Improving Video Performance  
If your Sun system video display is running in 8-bit mode, you can improve video  
performance by selecting a simple pattern or None for your desktop wallpaper. A  
complicated wallpaper pattern causes the screen to repaint more often while you  
work, thus slowing down video performance.  
Note – Changing your desktop wallpaper does not affect performance for 24-bit  
video.  
198 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Running Game Software on the  
SunPCi III Platform  
Note – This procedure applies only if you are using an external VGA monitor with  
your SunPCi III card. For more information about how to install and configure an  
external VGA monitor, refer to Chapter 10.  
This section is designed to help you fine-tune game performance on the SunPCi III  
platform. Although the default VGA memory setting of 8 Mbytes on your SunPCi III  
card should provide enough VGA memory for most games, you can increase the  
amount of VGA memory for more graphics-intensive games.  
Note – Remember that increasing your video memory decreases the amount of  
available system memory. Refer to “Increasing System Memory” on page 197 for  
more information.  
How to Increase Video Memory  
To increase the amount of VGA memory available to SunPCi III, perform the  
following procedure:  
1. Start the SunPCi III software.  
If SunPCi III software is already running, from the File menu, choose Reset PC, and  
then click Shutdown x86 OS and reset SunPCi to exit Microsoft Windows.  
You will see the Startup window and the RAM check routine.  
2. While the RAM check routine is proceeding, press the Delete key on your  
keyboard.  
The Startup routine stops, and the Setup screen opens.  
3. Select Advanced Chipset Features.  
4. Change the System Shared Memory Size parameter to a larger value.  
The default is 8 Mbytes. This parameter accepts values of 8, 16, or 32 Mbytes.  
5. Exit the Setup window.  
The SunPCi III Startup routine starts over, using the new VGA memory settings.  
Appendix D  
SunPCi III Performance Tips  
199  
       
Video Display Routing  
The following table describes some video output routing in SunPCi III software.  
TABLE D-1 describes the type of video output that occurs for the operating system  
you want to use, the video driver you installed, and whether you typed  
sunpci-vat the prompt.  
TABLE D-1 Video Display Routing Options  
PC Operating System  
With VGA Monitor Connected  
Without VGA Monitor Connected  
DOS  
Video is routed to VGA monitor.  
Video is discarded. SunPCi III window  
(-vswitch used)  
displays Video routedmessage.  
DOS  
Video is routed to SunPCi III  
X-Window on your Sun system  
screen.  
Video is routed to SunPCi III window on  
your Sun system screen.  
(-vswitch not used)  
Windows XP  
Professional or  
Windows 2000  
Video is routed to SunPCi III  
X-Window on your Sun system screen  
to use external monitor.  
Video is routed to SunPCi III window on  
your Sun system screen.  
Professional (When  
SunPCi III drivers  
installed automatically)  
Using a Palm Pilot With SunPCi III  
Software  
The SunPCi III software supports the hotsync function with the Palm Pilot. For best  
results select a specific hotsync speed on the Palm Pilot, rather than As Fast As  
Possible.  
200 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
     
Glossary  
This appendix defines terms used when describing the SunPCi™ product. This  
glossary is not an exhaustive list, but it provides an explanation of some less  
common terms.  
B
backplate Optional dongle that attaches to the SunPCi motherboard. Provides serial and  
parallel port access. Also known as the Serial/ Parallel Port backplate.  
BIOS (Basic Input/ Output System) Built-in software that provides low-level access  
to computer hardware. Usually recorded on a rewritable memory chip, which  
can be updated if necessary. Typically only used during the boot process.  
boot@boot A feature that the user can configure to automatically start the SunPCi software  
on one or more SunPCi cards installed on a Sun system. Provides the ability to  
automatically restart the SunPCi sessions if they fail and the ability to  
gracefully shutdown SunPCi sessions, including performing an orderly  
shutdown of the currently running operating system.  
BSOD (Blue Screen of Death) Windows crash which provides information to the  
system administrator. For more information see the SunPCi white paper  
entitled The Blue Screen of Death (BSOD) Primer.  
C
CMOS (Complimentary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) A type of semiconductor  
commonly used in PCs to hold date, time, and system setup parameters.  
201  
           
color depth A term used to describe the number of bits used to represent colors for each  
pixel in a display. There are four common color depths: 8-bit (256 colors), 16-bit  
(High Color), and 24-bit and 32-bit (True Color). In 24-bit and higher, over 16  
million colors can be represented.  
D
daemon A process that runs in the background and performs a specified operation at  
predefined times or in response to certain events.  
daughter card Optional card that attaches to the SunPCi motherboard. Provides a 1394  
(Firewire) port as well as two additional USB ports. Also known as the  
USB/ Firewire backplate.  
disk growing Utility provided in the SunPCi software that allows enlargement of the  
emulated disk. The size of the emulated disk is limited to the resources  
available on the Solaris filesystem.  
driver A program that controls a device. Drivers are typically included in the  
operating system or software, or are shipped with the software itself.  
E
emulated drive File on the Solaris filesystem that the SunPCi hardware sees as an actual hard  
disk. Since it is an actual Solaris file, it can be freely copied and moved.  
external monitor Actual physical monitor. A SunPCi session is displayed on a separate monitor  
attached directly to the SunPCi card. See also internal monitor.  
F
FAT (File Allocation Table) Filesystem used by MS DOS and other Windows-based  
operating systems to organize and manage files. Stores disk files in 16-Kbyte  
blocks.  
FAT32 A derivative of the FAT filesystem. Supports smaller cluster size and larger  
volumes than FAT, which results in more efficient space allocation. Stores disk  
files in 32-Kbyte blocks.  
202 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
                 
Firewire (IEEE 1394) A very fast external bus that supports data transfer rates of up to 400 Mbps in  
1394a. The name Firewire is trademarked by Apple, which originally  
developed the technology. Typically used for peripheral devices such as hard  
disks and CD/ DVD-ROM drives.  
flag A software notation that signals a particular condition or status. Also referred  
to as a switch or an option.  
FSD (Suns File System Driver) Allows Windows to access the Solaris filesystems  
through the SunPCi session.  
H
hibernate System power state S4, in which power to the system is reduced when the  
system is not in use. See also Stand By.  
I
.ini file Configuration file created the first time SunPCi software is started.  
internal monitor Sun system monitor. SunPCi session is displayed in an X-window, using the  
Sun monitor as the display device. Also called system monitor. See also  
external monitor.  
L
localhost  
The system in which the SunPCi card and software are installed.  
M
MAC address (Media Access Control address) A hardware address that uniquely identifies  
each node of an Ethernet network. Typically not used by the end-user.  
master.ini File written in /etc.that contains information about the SunPCi hardware.  
Appendix  
Glossary  
203  
                 
mount The action that enables you to make a mass storage or network storage device  
available or to install a device such as a disk drive.  
N
network provider Existing service that provides network and printer identification. See also print  
provider.  
NTFS (NT File System) Advanced filesystem that provides greater performance,  
security, and reliability than the FAT filesystem. Uses standard transaction  
logging and recovery techniques. In some Windows operating systems, it  
provides advanced features such as file and folder permissions, encryption,  
disk quotas, and compression.  
O
option See flag.  
P
parallel A form of data transfer in which data is transmitted several bits at a time,  
concurrently. See also serial.  
partition A section of main memory or mass storage that has been reserved for a  
particular application. In SunPCi, a user can partition a diskimage, and each  
partition will behave like a separate disk drive. Partitioning is useful when  
running more than one operating system. For example, you might reserve one  
partition for Windows XP and another for Windows 2003.  
peripheral (device) A computer device, such as a CD-ROM drive or printer, that is not part of the  
essential computer. Peripheral devices can be internal, such as an internal  
modem, or external, such as a printer or keyboard.  
physical ethernet Using the external Ethernet connector on the back of the SunPCi card to  
connect the card to an Ethernet port. See also virtual Ethernet.  
PING (Packet INternet Groper) A utility used to determine whether a specific IP  
address is accessible.  
204 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
                 
POST (Power On Self Test) Diagnostic testing sequence run by the BIOS as the  
SunPCi session is initiated or reset.  
power management Enables user to place the Windows operating system in Stand By mode to  
allow it to reduce power requirements when not in use.  
print provider Existing service that provides printer identification. See also network provider.  
R
redirector DOS-based utility that enables a user to access the Solaris filesystems. Unlike  
FSD, redirector only works with 8.3 format names and only on Windows 9.x  
operating systems. Only used during install process and never used as part of  
a users normal environment.  
S
samba A product that enables Windows machines to access UNIX directories, files,  
and printers.  
serial A form of data transfer in which data is transmitted one bit at a time. See also  
parallel.  
SMB (Server Message Block) A message format used by DOS and Windows to share  
files, directories, and devices.  
SMI (System Management Interrupt)  
SMI Mode Mechanism SunPCi uses to get screen data when Windows is not fully  
running, such as during installs, BSOD, and BIOS POST.  
SODIMM (Small Outline Dual Inline Memory Module) Memory form used by the  
SunPCi product family.  
Stand By System power state S1 - S3, in which power is removed only to a portion of the  
system based on hardware power capabilities. Resuming from a standby  
power state is quicker than resuming from a hibernate power state.  
SunClip A utility provided in the SunPCi software that enables users to copy and paste  
text between the Solaris and Windows desktops.  
switch See flag.  
Appendix  
Glossary  
205  
                         
system time The time designated by the Solaris operating environment when the SunPCi  
card is booted.  
T
TAR File (Tape ARchive) A file containing archived data created by the UNIX tar  
program. The TAR program combines a group of files into a single file.  
U
unformatted disk A disk that contains no file system or partitioning.  
update (drivers) Terminology used when you update SunPCi drivers to a new version, while  
still using the same operating system, such as SunPCi 3.1 to SunPCi 3.2.  
upgrade (drivers) Terminology used when you upgrade the current operating system from a  
previous version, such as Windows 2000 to Windows XP.  
USB (Universal Serial Bus) An external bus standard that supports data transfer  
rates of 12 Mbps (USB 1.1) or 450 Mbps (USB 2.0). A single USB port can be  
used to connect up to 127 peripheral devices such as mice, modems, keyboards  
and printers.  
V
virtual Ethernet Utility provided in the SunPCi software which allows users to use the internal  
networking driver (NDIS driver) in the SunPCi software and connect through  
their systems Ethernet connection. See also physical Ethernet.  
VGA (Video Graphics Array) A graphics display system for PCs. In text mode,  
provides resolution of 720x400 pixels. In graphics mode, resolution is either  
640x480 (16-bit) or 320x200 (8-bit).  
VNC (Virtual Network Computing) A customized version of the GNU Public-  
Licensed (GPL) software product from AT&T Laboratories that allows remote  
administration of the SunPCi product.  
206 SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
                 
-h, 111  
-help, 111  
-l, 111  
directory operations, 152  
shortnames, 152  
-n, 112  
driver definition, 202  
-new, 112  
-p, 112  
-R, 112  
sunpci, 110  
-title, 112  
-v, 112  
-vga, 112  
-w, 112  
creating, 13  
-xwait, 112  
expanding, 18  
configuring multiple cards, 19, 22  
connecting to external devices, 103  
configuring in Windows XP, 46  
copy and paste, 130  
Japanese, configuring, 131  
creating a new hard drive, 16  
extended drives, 129  
network drives, 129  
using, 128  
D
-D, 111  
D drive  
-f, 111  
-depth, 111  
FAT definition, 202  
disk growing definition, 202  
disk image, name for new card, 24  
disk operating system, See DOS  
diskette drive, 100  
file systems  
drivers, 96  
drives, 129  
mapping, 96  
-display, 111  
Firewire definition, 203  
flag definition, 203  
documentation, on Sun Web site, 196  
DOS  
208  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
FSD definition, 203  
serial, 205  
G
SMB, 205  
SMI, 205  
BIOS, 201  
Blue Screen of Death, 201  
USB, 206  
FAT, 202  
VGA, 206  
Video Graphics Array, 206  
virtual ethernet, 206  
VNC, 206  
flag, 203  
FSD, 203  
-h, 111  
NTFS, 204  
help, 5  
getting help for Linux, 6  
getting help for man pages, 6  
getting help for Solaris, 6  
getting help for Windows, 6  
partition, 204  
Help menu, 114  
peripheral device, 204  
physical ethernet, 204  
PING, 204  
hibernate definition, 203  
POST, 205  
power management, 205  
Index  
209  
I
mapping  
system requirements, 10  
Intel drivers  
automatic update, 115  
manual update, 116  
master.ini file definition, 203  
internal monitor definition, 203  
memory  
J
Japanese copy and paste, configuring, 131  
Eject CD, 114  
K
known problems in SunPCi, 135  
Exit, 113  
Help, 114  
Quit, 113  
L
-l, 111  
Linux  
Options menu, 114  
how to configure external video, 92  
Meta key, xxxix  
DOS, 152  
supported operating systems, 1  
manual update, 117  
updating, 115  
local printer, connecting to SunPCi, 107  
localhost definition, 203  
MAC address changes, 28  
names, 24  
sample names, 23  
M
software procedure, 22  
starting with emulated drives, 27  
updating the configuration, 28  
MAC Address definition, 203  
main card backplate, 105  
210  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
N
-n, 111  
network  
-R, 111  
rebinding cards and images, 28  
network drives, 129  
Network Neighborhood, 175  
network provider definition, 204  
-new, 111  
monitor, 92  
-nomac, 111  
how to reconfigure networking, 91  
installing, 88  
installing the network, 90  
O
operating system, required, 10  
P
-p, 111  
avoiding, 133  
using, 133  
Paste command, 130  
PING definition, 204  
printers, used with Linux, 131  
printers, used with Windows, 131  
required version, 10  
POST definition, 205  
power management, 20  
Volume Manager, 101  
power management definition, 205  
Power On Self Test definition, 205  
print provider definition, 205  
standby definition, 205  
starting multiple cards and drives, 27  
Index  
211  
Red Hat issues, 154  
software installation error messages, 142  
SunPCi  
features, 2  
serial port, 108  
sessions, shutting down, 125  
Microsoft Windows 2000, 180  
Microsoft Windows XP, 180  
PC Anywhere, 180  
McAfee Virus Scan 7.0, 184  
about, 118  
shutting down, 126  
SunPCi hardware installation, xl  
switch definition, 205  
Retrospect, 183  
Windows XP Professional, 181  
Windows XP Professional and Adobe  
Photoshop, 184  
Windows XP Professional and FrontPage  
T
TCP/ IP  
unformatted disk definition, 206  
Universal Serial Bus (USB) support, 103  
Universal Serial Bus definition, 206  
update drivers definition, 206  
upgrade drivers definition, 206  
USB, 104, 106  
information required for configuration, 33  
setting properties, 33  
setting properties for use with NDIS driver, 33  
-title, 112  
troubleshooting, 135  
CD-ROM Drive issues, 139  
212  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  
upgrading NT4 TS to Windows 2000 Server, 60,  
62  
USB/ Firewire Backplate, 105  
upgrading NT4 WS to Windows 2000  
upgrading Windows NT4 Server to Windows  
V
-v, 112  
VGA  
memory, 199  
-vga, 112  
using file system drives, 129  
vga sunpci command option, 51, 67, 83  
Windows Server 2003  
about, 119  
how to configure external video, 83  
how to reconfigure the network adaptor for  
interacting with from remote client, 128  
shutting down, 125  
Virtual Network Computing definition, 206  
VNC definition, 206  
vold, enabling and disabling, 101  
installation notes, 72  
installing, 72  
W
-w, 112  
Windows 2000  
how to add a virtual network adaptor, 63  
monitor, 69  
how to configure the MouseKeys accessibility  
option, 69  
how to configure the network, 65  
how to reconfigure the network adaptor for  
physical Ethernet, 66  
how to add a virtual network adaptor, 47  
how to configure the network, 49  
how to configure the network adaptor for  
physical Ethernet, 50  
installation notes, 38  
installing, 38  
installing Japanese Windows XP Professional, 44  
installation notes, 56  
Index  
213  
installing Japanese Windows XP Professional,  
installing Japanese Windows XP Professional,  
upgrading Windows 2000 Professional to  
Windows XP Professional, 42  
upgrading Windows NT4 WS to Windows XP  
Professional, 41  
World Wide Web, Sun documentation on, 196  
X
-xwait, 112  
214  
SunPCi III 3.2.1 Users Guide March 2004  

Troy Bilt 8 HP User Manual
Sony Xplod CDX CA810X User Manual
Sony MicroVault USM16GE User Manual
Seagate CONSTELLATION ST9160511NS User Manual
Seagate BARRACUDA 720011 SERIAL ATA ST3500620AS User Manual
Radio Shack 63 993 User Manual
Radio Shack 63 968 User Manual
Nokia SLIDE 2680 User Manual
Nokia 6610i User Manual
Nokia 6585 User Manual